88th meeting of the iucn council, gland (switzerland), 11-13 april … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th...

152
1 88 th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016 DECISIONS 1 Dec. # Council Decision Approval of the Agenda (Agenda Item 4) C/88/1 The IUCN Council, Adopts the agenda of its 88 th Meeting. (Rev2 dated 7 April 2016) (Annex 1) Record of the approval of summary minutes of the previous Council meeting and of decisions adopted by the Bureau and Council since the previous meeting of the Council 2 (Agenda Item 5) C/88/2 The IUCN Council, records the approval of the: 1. Summary minutes of the 87 th Meeting of the IUCN Council (October 2015); 2. Decision of the Bureau of the IUCN Council (by email correspondence) appointing three additional members of the Motions Working Group effective 12 October 2015; 3. Decisions of the Bureau adopted at its 65 th meeting held by telephone effective 29 January 2016 to: a. Admit 26 new IUCN Member organizations/institutions; b. Appoint 3 additional members of the Congress Preparatory Committee (CPC) acting as appeals body; c. Appoint the members of the Nominations Committee of Council; d. Approve 6 Council motions for submission to the 2016 Congress; 4. Decision of the Council adopted by email ballot effective 11 February 2016, to extend until 26 February 2016 at noon GMT/UTC the deadline for nominations for Regional Councillors for two regions; 5. Decisions of the Bureau adopted at its 66 th and 67 th Meetings held in person in Gland on 19 February 2016 and 10 April 2016, respectively, approving enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance. Council’s nominations for President, Treasurer and Commission Chairs (Agenda Item 2) C/88/3 The IUCN Council, On the recommendation of its Nominations Committee, Nominates ZHANG Xinsheng to the 2016 Congress for election as President of IUCN; Nominates Patrick DE HENEY to the 2016 Congress for election as Treasurer of IUCN; Nominates the following individuals to the 2016 Congress for election as Chair of the IUCN Commissions 3 as follows (candidates listed in alphabetical order): 1 Note that the definitive wording of decisions is subject to Council’s approval of the Summary Minutes of the 88 th Meeting of the IUCN Council in conformity with Regulation 52. Annexes available in IUCN’s public website are referred to with a web link instead of being attached hereafter. 2 The decisions of the IUCN Council and its Bureau adopted during physical or virtual meetings, or electronic communication between meetings of the Council, can be found on the IUCN website in the three official languages of IUCN.

Upload: others

Post on 01-Jul-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

1

88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016

DECISIONS1

Dec. # Council Decision

Approval of the Agenda (Agenda Item 4)

C/88/1 The IUCN Council, Adopts the agenda of its 88th Meeting. (Rev2 dated 7 April 2016) (Annex 1)

Record of the approval of summary minutes of the previous Council meeting and of decisions adopted by the Bureau and Council since the previous meeting of the Council2 (Agenda Item 5)

C/88/2 The IUCN Council, records the approval of the: 1. Summary minutes of the 87th Meeting of the IUCN Council (October 2015); 2. Decision of the Bureau of the IUCN Council (by email correspondence) appointing three

additional members of the Motions Working Group effective 12 October 2015; 3. Decisions of the Bureau adopted at its 65th meeting held by telephone effective 29 January

2016 to: a. Admit 26 new IUCN Member organizations/institutions; b. Appoint 3 additional members of the Congress Preparatory Committee (CPC) acting

as appeals body; c. Appoint the members of the Nominations Committee of Council; d. Approve 6 Council motions for submission to the 2016 Congress;

4. Decision of the Council adopted by email ballot effective 11 February 2016, to extend until 26 February 2016 at noon GMT/UTC the deadline for nominations for Regional Councillors for two regions;

5. Decisions of the Bureau adopted at its 66th and 67th Meetings held in person in Gland on 19 February 2016 and 10 April 2016, respectively, approving enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance.

Council’s nominations for President, Treasurer and Commission Chairs (Agenda Item 2)

C/88/3 The IUCN Council, On the recommendation of its Nominations Committee, Nominates ZHANG Xinsheng to the 2016 Congress for election as President of IUCN; Nominates Patrick DE HENEY to the 2016 Congress for election as Treasurer of IUCN; Nominates the following individuals to the 2016 Congress for election as Chair of the IUCN Commissions3 as follows (candidates listed in alphabetical order):

1 Note that the definitive wording of decisions is subject to Council’s approval of the Summary Minutes of the 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council in conformity with Regulation 52. Annexes available in IUCN’s public website are referred to with a web link instead of being attached hereafter. 2 The decisions of the IUCN Council and its Bureau adopted during physical or virtual meetings, or electronic communication between meetings of the Council, can be found on the IUCN website in the three official languages of IUCN.

Page 2: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

2

1. CEC: Juliane ZEIDLER4 2. CEESP: Meher NOSHIRWANI, Kristen WALKER PAINEMILLA 3. CEM: Angela ANDRADE 4. SSC: Elizabeth LESLEY BENNETT, Jon Paul RODRIGUEZ 5. WCEL: Antonio BENJAMIN 6. WCPA: Christophe LEFEBVRE, Kathy MACKINNON

C/88/4 The IUCN Council, On the recommendation of its Nominations Committee, Recommends that, during the next inter-sessional period, Council gives consideration to: • The elaboration of detailed procedures to harmonize the Commissions nominations

process among all Commissions in order to give full effect to Regulation 30bis, including the requirement for:

o A Chair to delegate responsibility to convene the Ad Hoc Selections Committee to the Deputy Chair or a member of the Steering Committee;

o An invitation to be sent to all Commission Members six months before the deadline; o A reminder to be sent by all ad-hoc committees to all Commission Members; o Clear communication to Commission Members, that nominations sent to Ad Hoc

Committees need to be complete with CV and a statement of willingness to serve by the nominee;

o Commissions to amend their respective bylaws to incorporate these improved procedures;

o Information to be provided to all Members about eligibility of, and procedure if Secretariat Staff are nominated for Council;

• Assessing modalities on how a better geographic distribution of candidates for Commission Chairs can be ensured for the next process;

• Any candidates nominated directly by Members outside Commission processes to be thereafter subject to the same criteria as Commission procedures.

Report of the IUCN Director General (Agenda Item 6)

C/88/5 The IUCN Council, Takes note with appreciation and welcomes the monthly written reports and the verbal report of the Director General; Approves the IUCN 2015 Annual Report5.

Reports of the Chairs of the IUCN Commissions (Agenda Item 7)

3 The acronyms of the IUCN Commissions stand for: CEC - Commission on Education and Communication; CEESP – Commission on Economic, Environmental and Social Policy; CEM - Commission on Ecosystem Management; SSC – Species Survival Commission; WCEL – World Commission on Environmental Law; WCPA – World Commission on Protected Areas. 4 On 20 April 2016, Juliane Zeidler communicated to the IUCN President and the Steering Committee of CEC that for health reasons, she had handed over her responsibilities as Chair of CEC to Ms. Nancy Colleton, Deputy Chair of CEC for the remainder of the term in accordance with Regulation 46, and that she withdrew her candidacy for Chair of CEC for the term 2017-20. As required by Rule 79 of the Rules of Procedure of the World Conservation Congress, the IUCN Council decided on 27 April 2016 to re-open the nominations process for candidates for Chair of CEC. 5 The IUCN 2015 Annual Report can be viewed on IUCN’s public website.

Page 3: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

3

C/88/6 The IUCN Council, takes note with appreciation of and welcomes the written and verbal reports of the Chairs of the Commission on Education and Communication (CEC) and of the World Commission on Environmental Law (WCEL) and the verbal report of the Chair of the World Commission on Protected Areas (WCPA), on the activities of their respective Commissions since the 85th Council meeting (May 2015).

Enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance including amendments to the Regulations (Agenda Item 9)

C/88/7

The IUCN Council, 1. On the recommendation of the Bureau of the IUCN Council (decision B/67/2) which was

based on the recommendations of Council’s Governance Task Force established pursuant to Council decision C/87/29 (October 2015);

2. Noting that the Bureau decided to apply a small number of enhanced practices and reforms with immediate effect, on a pilot basis, in order to enable their testing and allow Council at its 88th meeting to focus on the substantive issues it must decide for the Hawai’i Congress and on the enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance for the medium and long-term;

3. Approves the enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance; (Annex 2) 4. Decides to modify the Council Handbook to reflect the enhanced practices and reforms of

IUCN’s governance presented in Annex 2 to this decision, subject to the adoption of amendments to the Statutes by the 2016 Congress referred to hereafter in paragraph 12 and the adoption by Council in second reading of the amendments to the Regulations referred to hereafter in paragraph 5, and requests the Director General to issue the revised version of the Council Handbook by the end of December 2016;

5. Approves, in first reading, the proposed amendments to the Regulations required to implement the enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance (Annex 3), and invites the IUCN membership to comment in conformity with Article 101 of the Statutes;

6. Decides to table the proposed amendments, modified as the case may be following the consultation of IUCN Members, for adoption in second reading at an additional meeting of the Council to be held by telephone in July/August 2016, in order for the amendments to become effective before the 2016 Congress;

7. Endorses an initial set of qualifications/skills/knowledge areas for Council6 and recommends the next Council (2016-20) to take it into account when approving the profiles for the elective positions;

8. Approves, on the proposal of the Director General in consultation with the President, the appointment of Luc De Wever as Secretary to Council;

9. Approves the Strategic Planning and Reporting Framework (Annex 4) and requests the Director General and Commission Chairs to further develop and present the planning and reporting tools that enable Council to fulfil its planning, monitoring and oversight functions;

10. Approves the revised Transparency Policy of the IUCN Council (Annex 5); 11. Endorses the “Management Response” to the External Evaluation of Aspects of IUCN’s

Governance (Universalia, November 2015) (Annex 6); 12. Approves the Council motion to amend Articles 46 and 50 of the IUCN Statutes (Annex 7); 13. Expresses its deep appreciation and gratitude to the Chair and members of the

Governance Task Force, and the Secretariat, for the excellent work.

6 See section A1.1 of Annex 2 to this decision.

Page 4: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

4

Strategic session : approval of the Draft IUCN Programme and Financial Plan 2017-20 (Agenda Item 10)

C/88/8 The IUCN Council, Takes note of the document entitled “Creating a Financially Stable IUCN” presented to Council by the Director General, Endorses the broad outline of the Director General's document, Endorses the process and the time table proposed by the Director General as elaborated by the Finance and Audit Committee (FAC) for presenting detailed plans and options for review and approval by the Finance and Audit Committee and the Bureau of Council in June 2016.

C/88/9 The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Programme and Policy Committee (PPC): Notes with appreciation the work undertaken by the Secretariat in elaborating the Draft 2017-2020 IUCN Programme taking into account the comments received from all component parts of the Union; and Adopts the next steps as given in Annex 8 of this decision with a view that the PPC submits to Council for endorsement by the 8th May 2016, a final draft of the Programme7 to be submitted to the 2016 IUCN World Conservation Congress.

C/88/10 The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Finance and Audit Committee (FAC), Adopts the Draft Financial Plan 2017-20 to be submitted to the 2016 IUCN World Conservation Congress. (Annex 9)

Draft mandates of the IUCN Commissions 2017-20 (Agenda Item 12.1)

C/88/11

The IUCN Council, Approves the draft mandate of the Commission on Economic, Environmental and Social Policy (CEESP) to be submitted to the 2016 Congress (Annex 10); and Refers the draft mandates of the other Commissions8 to the Bureau for approval with these draft mandates clearly demonstrating how the proposed objectives, priorities and expected results of the draft mandates relate to the Draft IUCN Programme 2017-20.

Council motions to amend the Statutes and Rules of Procedure (Agenda Item 12.2)

C/88/12 The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Governance and Constituency Committee, Approves the draft motion to the 2016 World Conservation Congress inviting Members to CONSIDER the proposed amendments to Articles 4, 5, 7, 12, 13, 19, 25, 30, 31, 36, 105, 107 and 109 of the IUCN Statutes and Articles 62, 64, 70, 75 and 81 of the Rules of Procedure of

7 The Draft IUCN Programme 2017-20 approved by the Bureau of Council on 12 May 2016 for submission to the 2016 Congress is available in the Congress website as Congress document WCC-2016-2.1/1-Annex 1. 8 The draft mandates 2017-20 of the other IUCN Commissions were approved by the Bureau of the IUCN Council on 12 May 2016 and are available as Annexes 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 of Congress document WCC-2016-4.3/1.

Page 5: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

5

the World Conservation Congress with regard to the inclusion of Indigenous Peoples Organisations in the structure of the Union submitted by the Council under, respectively, Articles 105 and 29 of the Statutes (Annex 11); Approves in first reading the amendments to Regulations 5, 7, 23, 30, 31, 32 and 34; (Annex 12). These amendments would be approved by Council in second reading following adoption of the Statutory amendments by the 2016 World Conservation Congress.

C/88/13 The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Governance and Constituency Committee, Approves the draft motion to the 2016 World Conservation Congress inviting Members to CONSIDER the proposed amendments to Articles 101, 102 and 103 of the IUCN Statutes with regard to the Members’ Assembly’s sole authority to amend the Regulations regarding Objectives of IUCN, nature of its membership, membership criteria and process for Member review or objection to proposed amendments to the IUCN Regulations, proposed by the IUCN Council under Article 105 of the IUCN Statutes. (Annex 13)

C/88/14 The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Governance and Constituency Committee, Approves the draft motion to the 2016 World Conservation Congress inviting them to CONSIDER the amendments to the Rules of Procedure of the IUCN World Conservation Congress regarding the election of the IUCN President proposed by the IUCN Council under Article 29 of the IUCN Statutes and, if adopted, to decide that they become effective after the close of the 2016 Congress in Hawaiʻi. (Annex 14)

C/88/15

The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Governance and Constituency Committee, 1. Approves the amendment to Article 6 of the IUCN Statutes; and 2. Proposes this change for adoption by the 2016 World Conservation Congress, as

requested by Article 105 (a): [deletions in strike through; changes/additions in blue]

Admission 6. States or Political and/or economic integration organisations shall become Members of

IUCN by notifying the Director General of their adhesion to these Statutes, effective upon payment of the first year’s membership dues.

Draft Agenda of the 2016 Congress (Agenda Item 12.3)

C/88/16

The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of the 2016 Congress Preparatory Committee, Approves the Draft Agenda and time schedule for the World Conservation Congress which, according to Rules of Procedure 45, has to be circulated to the IUCN Members not later than three months before the start of the World Congress (1 June 2016). (Annex 15)

Commission Financial Rules (FAC Agenda Item 2.2)

Page 6: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

6

C/88/17

The IUCN Council, On the recommendation of its Finance and Audit Committee, approves the Commission Financial Rules. (Annex 16)

Appointment of the external auditors (FAC Agenda Item 4.3)

C/88/18

The IUCN Council, On the recommendation of its Finance and Audit Committee, proposes to Congress to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) as external auditors for the years 2017-20.

Socially Responsible Investment (FAC Agenda Item 1.5)

C/88/19

The IUCN Council, requests its Finance and Audit Committee to investigate options for divesting IUCN from petrochemicals, agrochemicals (Syngenta), and tobacco securities of any kind, and report back to Bureau with the aim of having a full discussion at the first ordinary meeting of the Council in the next term (2017-20).

IUCN Medals and Honorary Membership (GCC Agenda Item 3)

C/88/20

The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of the Governance and Constituency Committee, Approves […]9 as recipient of the John C. Phillips Medal; Approves Ashok Khosla and Valli Moosa as recipients of IUCN Honorary Membership; Takes note of the recipient of the John C. Coolidge Medal, […]10, and that all Medals and Honorary Membership will be awarded at the 2016 World Conservation Congress; and Takes note of the recommendations for the Jury at the next Congress.

Admission of IUCN Members (GCC Agenda Item 6)

C/88/21

The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Governance and Constituency Committee, Approves the admission of 22 organizations and/or institutions applying for membership; (Annex 17) Rejects the admission of the Animal Legal Defense Fund as it is unable and unwilling to advise us of the policies they follow as an organisation. The Governance and Constituency Committee is therefore unable to determine their alignment to the IUCN objectives which is a fundamental element of the criteria for acceptance as a Member (Article 7 of IUCN Statutes).

Membership dues (GCC Agenda Item 10.1)

C/88/22 The IUCN Council,

9 The name of the laureate will be announced during the 2016 Congress. 10 The name of the laureate will be announced during the 2016 Congress.

Page 7: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

7

on the recommendation of its Governance and Constituency Committee, 1. Approves the proposal for the 2017-2020 IUCN Membership Dues; (Annex 18)2. Submits the proposal for the 2017-2020 IUCN Membership Dues to the 2016 World

Conservation Congress for approval, according to Article 20(f) of IUCN Statutes;3. Approves the proposed process to re-assess the dues for NGO Members. (Annex 19)

Change of name of an IUCN Member (GCC Agenda Item 7)

C/88/23 The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Governance and Constituency Committee, Takes note of the new name of the representative of the Burkina Faso State Member: Ministère de l’Environnement, de l’Economie verte et du Changement Climatique (Ministry of the Environment, Green Economy and Climate Change).

Global Environment Facility and Green Climate Fund (PPC Agenda Item 2.4)

C/88/24 The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Programme and Policy Committee, Notes with appreciation the work undertaken by the Secretariat on fulfilling IUCN’s mandate as implementing agency of the Global Environment Facility (GEF) and on the accreditation of IUCN to become an accredited entity of the Green Climate Fund; and Stresses the importance of this work in creating opportunities for upscaling conservation outcomes and the business case for IUCN financial stability.

Key Biodiversity Areas Standard (PPC Agenda Item 3.3)

C/88/25 The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Programme and Policy Committee, Endorses the Key Biodiversity Areas Standard (Annex 20); and Congratulates the Species Survival Commission and the World Commission on Protected Areas as well as the secretariat staff involved on the elaboration of the Key Biodiversity Areas Standard.

Retiring Resolutions and Recommendations (PPC Agenda Item 5.1)

C/88/26 The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Programme and Policy Committee, Recommends to the next Council 2016-2020 to continue this important work on retiring Resolutions and Recommendations.

Climate Change (PPC Agenda Item 5.3)

C/88/27 The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of its Programme and Policy Committee, Acknowledges the outstanding contributions of the IUCN delegation to the U.N. Framework Convention on Climate Change Paris CoP21, which exemplified a One Programme approach;

Page 8: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

8

Notes that (i) IUCN is well positioned to continue to provide policy and technical advice and implementation support over the coming years for the Paris Agreement and its associated decisions, (ii) there are also grave risks to nature and human wellbeing from IUCN failing to engage in terms of perverse outcomes for biodiversity and ecosystem services and missed opportunities for policies and programmes that generate positive synergies, and (iii) there are critical connections to be made with actions under the Convention on Biological Diversity, the Sustainable Development Goals and other relevant multilateral environmental agreements and processes; Mindful of opportunities created by the IUCN’s Green Climate Fund and Global Environment Fund accreditation; Further noting that fulfilling IUCN’s potential role in the implementation of the Paris Agreement and other international commitments, will require a cohesive strategic approach that, among other things, identifies (i) priority themes and opportunities and (ii) capacities and strengths in all constituents parts of the Union, and (iii) creates appropriate mechanisms for enhanced coordination and joined-up efforts centred on its core areas of expertise; Recommends the Director General develop an institutional strategy for IUCN on climate change to give effect to the above; and Further requests the Climate Change Task Force to consider the elements of an institutional strategy for IUCN on climate change and provide advice to the Director General and Bureau.

Director General’s Objectives for 2016 (Agenda Item 14)

C/88/28 The IUCN Council, Approves the Director General’s Objectives for 2016. (Annex 21)

01.06.2016

Page 9: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/4/1 Rev2 7 April 2016

1

88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016

Draft Agenda Rev2

(taking into account the recommendations of the Council’s Governance Task Force

approved by the Bureau of the IUCN Council on 19 February 2016)

Monday 11 April 2016 9:00 to 13:00 and 14:00 to 18:00 Meetings of the standing committees of the IUCN Council Finance and Audit Committee (FAC) (59th Meeting)

The draft agenda for the FAC meeting, attached hereafter as Annex 1, constitutes an integral part of the draft Council agenda. Programme and Policy Committee (PPC) (39th Meeting)

The draft agenda for the PPC meeting, attached hereafter as Annex 2, constitutes an integral part of the draft Council agenda. Governance and Constituency Committee (GCC) (7th Meeting)

The draft agenda for the GCC meeting, attached hereafter as Annex 3, constitutes an integral part of the draft Council agenda. 18:00-19:00 Dinner (in the cafeteria) 19:00 FIRST PLENARY SITTING - CLOSED SESSION OF THE COUNCIL

1. Opening of the 88th Council meeting

2. Council’s nominations for President, Treasurer and Commission Chairs

The Council’s Nominations Committee presents its recommendations to Council followed by Council’s deliberation and decision on which individuals it will nominate to Congress for the positions of President, Treasurer and Commissions Chairs in accordance with Article 27 of the Statutes.

1 The draft agenda of the Bureau meeting is hereafter attached as Annex 7. 2 The draft agenda of the CPC meeting is hereafter attached as Annex 4. 3 The draft agenda of the PSTF meeting is hereafter attached as Annex 5. 4 The draft agenda of the Climate Change Task Force meeting is hereafter attached as Annex 6

Preliminary meetings (all meetings will be held at the Secretariat HQ)

Friday 8 April 2016

10:00-18:00 Chairs of the IUCN Commissions

Saturday 9 April 2016

09:00-12:30 Chairs of the IUCN Commissions (Continued) 09:00-18:00 Nominations Committee

Sunday 10 April 2016

08:30-11:00 67th Meeting of the Bureau of the IUCN Council 1 09:00-11:00 Jury for IUCN Honorary Membership and Medals 11:00-18:00 Congress Preparatory Committee (CPC) 2 14:00-16:00 Subgroup of the Governance and Constituency Committee on IUCN governance issues 14:00-16:00 Private Sector Task Force (PSTF) 3

Monday 11 April 2016

13:00-14:00 Working lunch of the Climate Change Task Force 4

Page 10: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/4/1 Rev2 7 April 2016

2

Tuesday 12 April 2016 from 8:30 to 12:30 8:30 to 12:30 SECOND PLENARY SITTING 3. Introductory remarks by the IUCN President 4. Approval of the Agenda of the 88th Council meeting 5. Record the approval of the summary minutes of the previous Council meeting and of decisions

adopted by the Council and/or its Bureau since the previous Council meeting, including the decisions adopted during its closed session of 11 April 2016 under Agenda Item 2

6. Report of the IUCN Director General, including:

• IUCN External Review 2015 and draft Management Response • Appreciation of changes in the external and internal operating environment (“strategic risk

matrix”) 6.1 Approval of the 2015 IUCN Annual Report 7. Reports of the Chairs of the IUCN Commissions5: 7.1 Commission on Education and Communication (CEC) 7.2 World Commission on Environmental Law (WCEL) 7.3 World Commission on Protected Areas (WCPA) 12:30 to 14:00 THIRD PLENARY SITTING – WORKING LUNCH 8. Lunch presentations from the global thematic programmes and the regions6 8.1 Central and West Africa Programme (PACO) by Aimé Nianogo, Regional Director, IUCN Regional

Office for Central and West Africa 14:00 to 18:00 FOURTH PLENARY SITTING 9. Enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance including amendments to the

Regulations

At its 66th Meeting on 19 February 2016, the Bureau reviewed the recommendations of Council’s Governance Task Force, approved a number of them in view of their application to the preparations and conduct of the 88th Council meeting, and referred its recommendations on all other matters to Council for discussion and adoption, including amendments to the Regulations and Council motions to amend the Statutes for submission to the 2016 Congress.

10. Strategic session : approval of the Draft IUCN Programme and Financial Plan 2017-20

Pursuant to a recommendation of the Governance task Force and the Bureau, the Council holds a “strategic session” with the purpose of scanning the operating environment in which the Council finds itself and discussing strategic issues including the positioning of the Union and its long term viability.

This session will be structured around the Draft IUCN Programme and Financial Plan 2017-20 taking into account the recommendations of the PPC and the FAC on the draft documents prepared by the Secretariat.

This session will also be informed by: a. The Director General’s report (Agenda Item 6) which will include the DG’s appreciation of

changes in the external and internal operating environment (“strategic risk matrix”) and the IUCN External Review 2015;

5 Third annual report to Council covering these Commissions’ activities since the 85th Council meeting (May 2015). 6 Continuing the practice from the 84th, 85th and 87th Council meetings, as part of the Council agenda, one global thematic director and one regional director will make a brief presentation of their work priorities, achievements and challenges with the purpose of making Council members familiar with the decentralized Secretariat.

Page 11: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/4/1 Rev2 7 April 2016

3

b. The Standing Committees which, in their role to assist the Council in exercising strategic direction and oversight, will consider the Annual Progress Monitoring Report 7 with the purpose of assessing and bringing to Council’s attention strategic issues and risks faced by the Union;

18:30 to 20:30 FIFTH PLENARY SITTING DURING DINNER (Think Tank) 11. Council’s working dinner with the Director General Wednesday 13 April 2016 8:30 to 12:30 SIXTH PLENARY SITTING 12. Council’s proposals for the 2016 IUCN World Conservation Congress (in addition to the Draft

IUCN Programme and Financial Plan 2017-20): 12.1 Draft mandates of the IUCN Commissions 2017-20 based on the proposals submitted by the

Chairs of the Commissions 12.2 Council motions to amend the Statutes and Rules of Procedure taking into account the

recommendations of the Governance and Constituency Committee (Indigenous Peoples’ Organizations in IUCN; authority of the Members’ Assembly; and election of the President)

12.3 Draft Agenda of the 2016 Congress taking into account the recommendations of the Congress Preparatory Committee

12.4 Recommendations of the Congress Preparatory Committee on other matters 12.5 Interim report of the Election Officer on the accomplishment of his functions 12.6 Council’s report to the 2016 Congress. As it will be the last ordinary meeting of the Council during

the present term, this session will include capping Council’s performance since September 2012 as Council report this to Congress, as well as the strategic vision for the future in light of significant global developments.

12:30 to 13:30 LUNCH 13:30 to 18:00 SEVENTH PLENARY SITTING 13. Reports from the Council’s standing committees :

Council approves the written reports from the Standing Committees without discussion, except for: 1. Issues which the Committees may have referred to Council for discussion and approval, and 2. Issues which Council members may have requested to re-open for discussion and approval.

13.1 Finance and Audit Committee (FAC) 13.2 Governance and Constituency Committee (GCC) 13.3 Programme and Policy Committee (PPC) 14. Approval of the Director General’s objectives 15. Any other business

7 See Agenda Item 1.2 of the draft FAC Agenda (Annex 1); Agenda Item 1 of the draft PPC Agenda (Annex 2) and Agenda Item 11 of the draft GCC Agenda (Annex 3).

Page 12: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/4/1 Rev2 7 April 2016

4

Annex 1 Finance and Audit Committee (FAC) (59th Meeting)

Monday 11 April 2016 from 9:00 to 18:00

# Agenda item Materi-

als8 Action9

1 Financial Oversight

1.1 Preliminary 2015 financial results (unaudited) DOC INF

1.2

Annual Progress Monitoring Report10

The FAC, in its role to assist the Council in exercising strategic direction and oversight, considers the Annual Progress Monitoring Report with the purpose of assessing and bringing to Council’s attention for discussion and appropriate response, strategic risks faced by the Union including possible changes in the external and internal operating environments.

DOC REP

1.3 2016 Financial results to date and outlook for the year DOC REP

1.4 Fund-raising update DOC INF

1.5 Investment update including SRI report on Investments DOC INF

2 Finance and audit matters proposed for consideration/decision

2.1 Financial Plan 2017-20 DOC REP

2.2 Commission Financial Rules DOC REP

3 Other areas of oversight

3.1 Update on information systems projects DOC INF

3.2 Report from the Head of Oversight DOC INF

3.3 Report from the Legal Adviser DOC INF

4 2016 World Conservation Congress

4.1 WCC Financial update DOC INF

4.2 Proposals for the membership of the Finance and Audit Committee of the 2016 Congress (follow-up to decision C/85/13 and C/85/CPC/6) PRES INF

4.3 Recommendation to Council regarding the appointment of the external auditors 2017-20 PRES INF

5 Any other business 8 DOC = document prepared and distributed to FAC and all Council members in advance of the meeting with the exception of a number of documents which, as per current practice, the FAC reviews before they are made available to the Council members; PRES = verbal presentation to FAC, as the case may be supported with PowerPoint slides. 9 INF = FAC informs Council on how it used its delegated authority, through a written document to be distributed to the Council at the latest at the beginning of the plenary session on Tuesday morning 12 April 2016, presenting the conclusions of the FAC’s deliberations and, where applicable, its decisions, briefly describing the rationale for each one of them. Council will approve the report without re-opening the discussion, except for items which Council members request, by the end of the Council meeting on 12 April, the full Council to debate on 13 April; REP = FAC reports the issue to Council for discussion and decision, on the basis of a verbal presentation supported with PowerPoint slides. 10 Or any other format in which the elements of the required comprehensive “Planning and Reporting Framework” will be presented for reporting purposes. The first Annual Progress Monitoring Report was issued in May 2014 (C/83/10.5/1); the second was issued in April 2015 (C/85/5.2.1.1).

Page 13: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/4/1 Rev2 7 April 2016

5

Annex 2 Programme and Policy Committee (PPC) (39th Meeting)

Monday 11 April 2016 from 9:00 to 18:00

# Agenda item Materi-

als11 Action12

1 Annual Progress Monitoring Report 13 The PPC, in its role to assist the Council in exercising strategic direction and oversight, considers the Annual Progress Monitoring Report with the purpose of:

1. Reviewing implementation of IUCN Programme 2013-16 including the One Programme Charter;

2. Reviewing the implementation of the Resolutions and Recommendations of the 2012 Congress, the annual IUCN work plan and the Commission annual work plans;

3. Assessing and bringing to Council’s attention for discussion and appropriate response, strategic risks faced by the Union including possible changes in the external and internal operating environments.

DOC REP INF REP

2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7

Updates on the implementation of specific elements of the 2013-2016 Programme Implementation, including: Progress in implementation of Jeju WCC Resolution related to primary forests World Heritage Programme (standing agenda item) Update on IUCN’s engagement with IPBES14 Progress on fulfilling IUCN’s mandate as GEF implementing agency, including IUCN’s Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS), and on the accreditation to become an implementing agency of the Green Climate Fund Update on natural capital discussions and related initiatives at IUCN Strategic implications of the Paris Agreement on Climate Change Update on evaluations

PRES PRES DOC DOC DOC PRES (TBC)

INF INF INF INF INF INF INF

3 3.1

Programme and policy matters proposed for consideration/decision15 Draft IUCN Programme 2017-20, including a strategic discussion on the role of IUCN in the implementation of the Aichi Biodiversity Targets, the 2030 Sustainable

DOC

REP

11 DOC = document prepared and distributed to PPC and all Council members in advance of the meeting; PRES = verbal presentation to PPC, as the case may be supported with PowerPoint slides. 12 INF = PPC informs Council on how it used its delegated authority, through a written document to be distributed to the Council at the latest at the beginning of the plenary session on Tuesday morning 12 April 2016, presenting the conclusions of the PPC’s deliberations and, where applicable, its decisions, briefly describing the rationale for each one of them. Council will approve the report without re-opening the discussion, except for items which Council members request, by the end of the Council meeting on 12 April, the full Council to debate on 13 April; REP = PPC reports the issue to Council for discussion and decision, on the basis of a verbal presentation supported with PowerPoint slides. 13 Or any other format in which the elements of the required comprehensive “Planning and Reporting Framework” will be presented for reporting purposes. The first Annual Progress Monitoring Report was issued in May 2014 (C/83/10.5/1); the second was issued in April 2015 (C/85/5.2.1.1). 14 IPBES = Intergovernmental Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services. The annual update on IUCN’s engagement with IPBES which Council requested in May 2015 will be transmitted to Council in writing prior to the 88th Meeting of the Council (April 2016). Highlights will be presented during the PPC meeting. 15 It was noted in the meeting of the PPC in May 2015 and during the 85th Council meeting (Summary Minutes p.16) that if the negotiations on the standard for identifying sites of global significance for biodiversity are concluded well before the next meeting of Council, the SSC and WCPA would propose its approval by electronic vote.

Page 14: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/4/1 Rev2 7 April 2016

6

3.2 3.3

Development Agenda (SDGs) and the Paris Climate Change Agreement, taking into account the feedback from Members (online and through the RCF16) Development of a ‘Strategic vision document on agriculture and biodiversity’ – terms of reference (follow-up to decision C/84/18) Approval of the Key Biodiversity Area Standard

DOC DOC

INF INF

4 4.1 4.2

2016 World Conservation Congress Proposals for the membership of the Programme Committee of the 2016 Congress (follow-up to decision C/85/13 and C/85/CPC/6) Possible role for PPC in the online discussion of motions in particular with regard to the Council motions (May/June)

PRES PRES

INF INF

5 5.1 5.2 5.3

Reports and/or recommendations from Council Task Forces 2012 Congress Resolutions Task Force – follow-up to decision C/87/26 Private Sector Task Force Climate Change Task Force

PRES PRES PRES

INF INF INF

6 6.1

Any other business Expected outcomes of the World Environmental Law Congress 2016 and how IUCN can build on its outputs

PRES

INF

16 RCF: Regional Conservation Forums.

Page 15: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/4/1 Rev2 7 April 2016

7

Annex 3 Governance and Constituency Committee (GCC) (7th Meeting)

Monday 11 April 2016 from 9:00 to 18:00

# Agenda item Materi-

als17 Action GCC18

GOVERNANCE ISSUES

1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

Recommendations from the GCC’s Subgroup, taking into account feedback from the membership (online and Regional Conservation Forums) regarding the submission of Council proposals to the 2016 Congress on the following IUCN governance issues (follow-up to decision C/85/25): Election of the President: introduction of a majority requirement and a 2nd round of voting; Options for Indigenous People’s Organizations membership; Members’ Assembly’s sole authority to amend the Regulations pertaining to the objectives, nature of the membership and membership criteria; Local and regional governmental authorities or agencies membership [Taking into account the proposal from five Government Agencies to amend the Statutes on this point in accordance with Article 105 of the Statutes]

DOC REP

2 Recommendations from the Bureau on the external evaluation of IUCN’s governance, in particular: 1) the proposed amendments to the Statutes, Rules and Regulations, taking into account the decisions of the 66th Bureau meeting of 19 February 2016 and the 67th Bureau meeting of 10 April 2016 (follow-up to decision C/87/29); and 2) the preparation of the “Management Response” to the Universalia Report.

DOC REP

3 Recommendations from the Jury regarding Council’s nominations to the 2016 Congress for IUCN Honorary Membership and the John C. Phillips Memorial Medal

DOC19 INF

4 Update from Council’s liaison with the Task Force on Intergenerational Partnership for Sustainability on the follow-up to Council decision C/85/26

PRES INF

5 2016 World Conservation Congress: Proposals for the membership of the Credentials Committee and the Governance Committee of the 2016 Congress (follow-up to decision C/85/13 and C/85/CPC/6)

PRES INF

CONSTITUENCY ISSUES

6 Admission of new Members DOC20 REP

17 DOC = document prepared and distributed to GCC and all Council members in advance of the meeting; PRES = verbal presentation to GCC, as the case may be supported with PowerPoint slides. 18 INF = The Standing Committee informs Council on how it used its delegated authority, through a written document to be distributed to the Council at the latest at the beginning of the plenary session on Tuesday morning 12 April 2016, presenting the conclusions of the Committee’s deliberations and, where applicable, its decisions, briefly describing the rationale for each one of them. Council will approve the report without re-opening the discussion, except for items which Council members request, by the end of the Council meeting on 12 April, the full Council to debate on 13 April; REP = The Standing Committee reports the issue to Council for discussion and decision, on the basis of a verbal presentation supported with PowerPoint slides. 19 This document may have to be classified ‘confidential’ as the names of possible candidates should not be disclosed until the proposal is made to the Congress (following acceptance by candidates nominated by Council). 20 This document, or parts of the document containing copies of the correspondence between IUCN and, respectively, the applicants and IUCN Members objecting to the applications (usually in the Annexes), may have to be classified ‘confidential’. While in the interest of due process, this correspondence may (or should)

Page 16: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/4/1 Rev2 7 April 2016

8

7 Update on the status of the IUCN membership

PRES INF

8 National and Regional Committees

PRES INF

9 Possible amendment to Article 6 of the IUCN Statutes concerning the dues of State and Political/economic integration organization Members adhering to IUCN (deferred from the GCC meeting of October 2015)

DOC INF

10 10.1 10.2 10.3

2016 World Conservation Congress: Approval of a proposal for the 2017-2020 membership dues, including a process to re-assess the dues for NGO Members Update on sponsored Members for Congress Update on Members which may appear on the list of IUCN Members that will be referred to Congress with the purpose of rescinding all the remaining rights of the Members concerned in accordance with Article 13 (a) of the Statutes

DOC PRES PRES

INF INF INF

GENERAL

11 Annual Progress Monitoring Report 21 The GCC, in its role to assist the Council in exercising strategic direction and oversight, considers the Annual Progress Monitoring Report with the purpose of assessing and bringing to Council’s attention for discussion and appropriate response, strategic risks faced by the Union including possible changes in the external and internal operating environments

DOC REP

12 Any other business

be available to the parties concerned, it may also serve the interest of due process if it is not made publicly available. Question to be considered by the GCC. 21 Or any other format in which the elements of the required comprehensive “Planning and Reporting Framework” will be presented for reporting purposes. The first Annual Progress Monitoring Report was issued in May 2014 (C/83/10.5/1); the second was issued in April 2015 (C/85/5.2.1.1).

Page 17: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

1

Annex 4

CPC.4/2016/1 17 March 2016

IUCN - THE INTERNATIONAL UNION FOR CONSERVATION OF NATURE 4th Meeting of the Congress Preparatory Committee of the IUCN Council Sunday, 10 April 2016 11h00 to 18h00 Gland, Switzerland DRAFT PROVISIONAL AGENDA

11:00 1. Adoption of the agenda (CPC.4/2012/1) 1 11:05 2. Presentation on Congress schedule: what will happen during 10 days

onsite

11:25 3. Update from Chair of Motions Working Group 11:35 4. Update on elections process 11:45 5. Discussion of the Draft Agenda and time schedule for the World

Conservation Congress and respective recommendation to Council for consideration (CPC.4/2016/2)

12:45 Lunch break 13:45 6. Overview of statutory documents for send-out on 1 June (CPC.4/2012/3) 14:00 7. Update on process for establishing Congress Committees 14:30 8. Update from Host Country representatives on preparations

8.1. Update from State of Hawaiʻi 8.2. Update from Interagency Working Group

15:00 Coffee break 9. General update on Congress preparations including: 15:15 9.1 Fundraising 15:45 9.2 Communications 16:15 9.3 Congress commitments 16:45 9.4 Green Congress strategy 17:15 9.5 Logistics 17:50 10. Any other business

Page 18: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Meeting of the Private Sector Task Force of the IUCN Council April 2016 – Draft Agenda v.2

1

Meeting of the Private Sector Task Force of the IUCN Council

Draft Agenda Sunday 10 April 2016

Time: 14:00 to 16:00 Location: Gland, Switzerland Room TBC

Draft Agenda

Time Agenda Item/Content Documents 14:00 Introductory remarks by Chair

Approval of the Agenda and TMC decision: DECISION: The PSTF, Adopts the agenda for the PSTF meeting and minutes the decision reached by consensus after a specific PSTF call on March 9, 2016 and the review of the relevant documentation provided by IUCN secretariat: PSTF agreed to advise the Director General to proceed with signing both the MoU and the Donor Supplementary Agreement with TMC.

Agenda

Item 1 Review of Action log from previous PSTF meeting: Brief update on Socfin Non-responsive corporates Brief update on Natural Capital Protocol development

Outstanding items from the Minutes of last PSTF meeting

Item 2 (Main discussion item): Follow up on TMC discussion. It was agreed to discuss the following items and provide a recommendation to the DG: • What caused a breakdown in due process and the application

of the Operational Guidelines for Business Engagement in this case and what lessons have we learned?

• Are there specific changes we can make to the Operational Guidelines which will help avoid this happening in the future?

• How is ‘confidentially’ interpreted in relation to business engagements? Why have confidentially clauses so often been unrealistically restrictive? How can we ensure Council members are not excluded from being able to discharge their responsibilities on advising on corporate engagements by highly restrictive confidentially requests from businesses?

• How can we build further on the trust and respect developed between the PSTF and the Secretariat over the past few years?

N/A

Item 3 Update on current and upcoming business engagements (BBP) Initial inventory of business engagements at Secretariat level (starting with BBP) informing on ongoing engagement with the following information (company, category / risk level,

Presentation provided at the meeting

Page 19: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Meeting of the Private Sector Task Force of the IUCN Council April 2016 – Draft Agenda v.2

2

value, desired outcome). Short update of current and potential new Independent Scientific and Technical Advisory Panel (ISTAP).

Any other PSTF matters 16.00 Closing of the meeting

Page 20: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 6 to C/88/4/1 6 April 2016

Council Climate Change Task Force

Working Lunch Meeting

Date: Monday, 11 April 2016 Time: 13:00-14:00 CET Venue: Wetlands Proposed Agenda

Time Agenda Item Participant 13:00 Opening remarks Chair: Brendan Mackey 13:05 Discussion on future institutional strategy for

IUCN on climate change All

14:00 End of meeting

Page 21: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Bureau document B/67/1 03.04.2016

1

67th Meeting of the Bureau of the IUCN Council

Meeting in person on Sunday 10 April 2016

IUCN Conservation Center, Gland - Room: Wetlands 8:30 to 11:00 local time

Participants Zhang Xinsheng Confirmed Patrick de Heney Confirmed Malik Amin Aslam Khan Confirmed Marina von Weissenberg Apologies Antonio Benjamin Jonathan Hughes Mohammad Shahbaz Confirmed Spencer Thomas Apologies Arzu Rana Deuba Apologies Brendan Mackey Confirmed Inger Andersen Confirmed Sandrine Friedli Cela Confirmed Luc De Wever Confirmed

Draft Agenda

Time Agenda Items Documents

08:30

Item 1: Opening remarks by the IUCN President and approval of the agenda

B/67/1

08:40

Item 2: Enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance – follow-up actions from Bureau’s decision B/66/2 of 19 February 2016

At its 66th Meeting on 19 February 2016, the Bureau approved the package of proposals prepared by the Governance Task Force, with some modifications, and submitted it to Council for approval. The Bureau requested the Legal Adviser and the Secretariat to prepare a number of documents required to implement the reforms and present them to the 67th meeting of the Bureau for review before presenting them to Council for approval.

It concerns: 1. C/88/9/2 Draft amendments to the Regulations 2. C/88/9/3 Planning and Reporting Framework 3. C/88/9/4 Draft revised Transparency Policy of Council 4. C/88/9/5 Draft Management Response to the External Evaluation

of Aspects of IUCN’s Governance, Final report, Universalia, November 2015

5. C/88/9/6 Draft Council motion to amend the Statutes

C/88/9/1 C/88/9/2 C/88/9/3 C/88/9/4 C/88/9/5 C/88/9/6

10:00

Item 3: Preparations for the 88th Council meeting, 11-13 April 2016 including the discussion of the issue of creating a financially stable IUCN

C/88/4/1 Rev2

11:00 Adjournment

Page 22: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

1

Enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance

Approved by the IUCN Council during its 88th Meeting, April 2016, decision C/88/7 A. Council structure, size and composition

Council Qualifications, Skills and Knowledge

Tim

ing1

A1.1.Define the gaps in qualifications, skills and knowledge to be filled such as strategic communications, fundraising, finance, information technology, and reach and influence into international finance, business and economic sectors.

A1.2. Strengthen the qualifications of elected Councillors through: 1. Early notice to the IUCN membership of the qualifications, skills and knowledge required for the next election; 2. Stronger list of qualifications in the call for nominations for all Council positions including filling gaps needed by Council.

A1.3. a) Use the possibility to include external individuals in Council committees, working groups and task forces in order to bring in needed skills and knowledge as provided for in Regulations 59 and 60. b) Use the possibility to invite these individuals to participate as observers with the right to speak in the Council plenary. (See also D1.4 hereafter)

A1.4 Strengthen capacities and knowledge of IUCN for newly elected Councillors including through: - More substantive learning opportunities about the roles, responsibilities and processes

of Council at opening Council retreat - Mentoring of new Councillors by 2nd term Councillors.

[The above reforms (A1) respond to recommendation 2 of the Universalia report]

MT

MT

MT

MT

Strengthening Global Representation

A2. The next “Call for nominations” (for the elections at the 2020 Congress) provides guidance to IUCN Members encouraging them to nominate for each Region at least one more candidate than the number of seats allocated for the Region concerned in Article 39 of the Statutes. The purpose is to provide the global membership with real democratic choice and to demonstrate that elected Councillors have a global role in governing the affairs of the Union as opposed to representing regional interests.

MT

Councillor Election to Council Positions

A3.1 The Council Handbook will clarify that, in conformity with Regulations 45, 57 and 59 respectively, the Vice-Presidents, the Chairs of the standing committees of the Council and the Regional Councillors members of the Bureau may be appointed by consensus decision

MT

1 (ST) = Short-Term - enhanced business practice for immediate implementation as per decision B/66/2 of the Bureau of the IUCN Council of 19 February 2016; (MT) = Medium Term – requires change in the Regulations or the Council Handbook as decided by Council in April 2016; (LT) = Long-Term – requires modification of the Statutes or directions from the membership, and thus to be decided by the Members’ Assembly in Hawai’i (September 2016).

Page 23: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

2

of the Council on the proposal of the President following consultation with Council members. Delegation to Bureau A3.2. In order to enlarge the range of issues on which the Bureau could act upon with the view to empowering the Council to effectively discharge its strategic direction and oversight functions, Regulation 57 and the Rules of Procedure of the Bureau (Annex IV to the Council Handbook) will be amended to assign additional functions to the Bureau. The list of functions presented in the middle column (yellow colour) of the table attached hereafter as Annex 2 will be annexed to the revised Rules of Procedure of the Bureau and may be reviewed and amended by Council from time to time as required. In the spirit of Article 49 of the Statutes, which requires that the Bureau “shall act on behalf, and under the authority of the Council between meetings of the Council”, all decisions of the Bureau will continue to be subject to the Council’s validation through a no-objection procedure in accordance with existing Regulation 58.

[The above reforms (A3.2) respond to recommendation 4 of the Universalia report]

MT

Commission Chair Accountability

A4.1 Clarify in the Regulations that the Commission Chairs report to the President (not the Council itself, as Commission Chairs are part of the Council).

A4.2. Clarify in the Regulations that between sessions of the Congress the Commissions report to the Council through the Commission Chairs

A4.3. Better oversight by Council of the work of the Commissions through strengthened annual performance reporting by the Chairs to the Council on outputs, outcomes, impact and resources raised against the Commission´s work plan approved at the beginning of each term. This is to be integrated into the overall Union monitoring and reporting framework. (See C1.)

A4.4. Strengthen the annual performance evaluation of each Commission Chair to be conducted by the President in the presence of the Director General.

A4.5 Conduct once a year a session of Council, with the Director General, to discuss the performance of the Commissions.

[The above reforms (A4) respond to recommendation 3 of the Universalia report]

MT

MT

MT

MT

MT

Commission Chair Potential Conflict of Interest A4.6. All Commission Chairs remain on Council as full members. To avoid possible conflicts of interest, amend the Regulations to require each Commission Chair to recuse themselves from Council discussion and decisions concerning their Commission’s operation Fund and to apply the same protocol to Council’s approval of the draft Commission mandates to be proposed by Council to Congress. By this, it is understood that each Chair is present and make their presentation as appropriate ahead of the President opening the Council discussion on the matter of their Commission’s budget and draft mandate but that they then refrain from intervening in the general discussion. When the discussion is concluded, the President will invite them to respond to the comments made, following which the President will invite the Council to take a decision. The Chairs of the Commissions will recuse themselves from voting.

A4.7. Council is to commission a quadrennial external review of the Commissions including their mandates, as part of the quadrennial “External Review of IUCN’s governance” (see hereafter C4.). The purpose will be to ensure necessary renewal of

ST/ MT

MT

Page 24: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

3

existing Commissions and broader renewal of Commissions or other network mechanisms to meet the knowledge generation, expert and Programme delivery needs of the Union. These will have to be done well before the date fixed for filing nominations for Commission Chairs, and possibly mid-way into the 4 year inter-sessional period. B. Effective Functioning of Council

Council Strategic Priorities

Tim

ing

B1. Council to develop and approve strategic objectives and priorities for its work, to be adopted at the latest at the second meeting of the Council of the term, together with a 4-year work plan and a proper monitoring mechanism to be reviewed and adjusted, as required, on an annual basis.

MT

Council Procedures and Methods B2.1. Agenda preparation for each Council meeting starts with strategic guidance and priority setting by Council at the end of the previous meeting and subsequently involves the Chairs of the subsidiary bodies of the Council. The President and Director General finalize the draft agenda for Council approval. The agenda indicates (with a colour code) which items constitute strategic direction, oversight or fiduciary responsibility of Council.

B2.2. The mode of Council and subsidiary body meetings/work should go beyond the face-to-face meetings and involve more and improved means for online communication and meetings of smaller groups (with the cost-effectiveness properly analysed).

B2.3. Apply a diverse range of meeting methods leading to strategic decision-making and adequately support the Chair (President, Vice-Presidents).

[The above reforms (B.2.1 & B.2.2) respond to recommendation 4 of the Universalia report]

ST/ MT

MT

MT

Council Secretary B2.4. Appoint and formalize in the Regulations the function of ‘Secretary to Council’. This function provides independent advice and support to the President and Council. Give the Council Secretary the authority to ensure that Council adheres to the provisions in the Statutes and Regulations related to Council. The purpose is to specify in the Regulations that the Senior Governance Manager has the responsibility to service the Council. Following the retirement of the current incumbent, the Director General will appoint the Secretary to Council after consulting the Council and the President with regard to the proposed candidate.

MT

Committees, Working Groups, Task Forces – Types, Delegation and Reporting

B3.1. Clarify the nomenclature regarding Council subsidiaries as follows: i) standing committees formed by Council are called Committees; ii) limited-life bodies formed by Council are Working Groups and submit their report with

draft decisions for approval by the Council or the Bureau; iii) limited life bodies formed by a Council Committee are Task Forces and submit their

report with draft decisions for approval by the Committee. The membership of the Committees, Working Groups and Task Forces may be drawn from both within IUCN and outside IUCN in accordance with Regulations 59 and 60.

MT

Page 25: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

4

B3.2. In order to clarify the role of Committees, the Terms of Reference of the Committees will be amended to assign and delegate specific functions for which the Committees are given responsibility. The list of functions for which the Committees have responsibility and may propose decisions is presented in the right hand column (green colour) of the table attached hereafter as Annex 2. As with any delegated authority, the Council can always withdraw or modify that delegation.

B3.3. Amend the Statutes in order to make the Governance and Constituency Committee mandatory in the same way as the Finance and Audit Committee and the Programme and Policy Committee.

B3.4 The Committees of Council, and if necessary the Working Groups of Council, will meet on the first day of Council prior to plenary sessions of Council. The recommendations and proposed decisions of the Committees and Working Groups within their responsibilities (Annex 2) will be circulated to Council members prior to the Council plenary sessions. The Committees or Working Groups may specify issues that they wish to see debated by the full Council or the Bureau.

Councillors and Bureau members will have until the close of business on the first plenary day of the Council meeting to express a desire to reopen the debate regarding any proposed decisions from the Committees and Working Groups. In all other cases, the Council will adopt the proposed decisions of the committees and working groups without debate.

Committees and Working Groups may also hold meetings (either physically subject to the Council-approved budget or electronically) between meetings of Council. Recommendations and draft decisions resulting from these meetings shall be sent to Council or the Bureau (as appropriate) electronically for decision.

B3.5. The terms of reference of the Working Groups and Task Forces should be carefully reviewed by the Governance and Constituency Committee (both those already in existence and any that may be formed in the future) to ensure that the line between governance and management is not blurred.

B3.6. Council is to review each WG and TF with a view to reducing the number and incorporating as many of them within existing standing committees; and ensuring that those that are not incorporated into such a committee have a clearly limited duration related to the tasks that they need to fulfil. The terms of Reference of Working Groups and Task Forces shall include a “sunset clause” specifying the duration of their mandate and requiring a specific decision of the Council or the relevant Council Committee to renew or extend their mandate.

MT

LT

ST/ MT

MT

MT

Strategic Sessions of Council B4. Once a year the Council as a whole will schedule a dedicated strategic session (half a day) to scan the operating environment in which the Council finds itself and discuss strategic issues including the positioning of the Union and its long term viability. It will document actions to be taken as a result of these discussions and keep these actions under review.

MT

Page 26: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

5

C. Oversight and reviews

Strategic Direction and Oversight of the IUCN Programme and Affairs of the Union

Tim

ing

C1. Council will exercise its responsibility for the oversight of all of the affairs of the Union through a comprehensive and coherent “Planning and Reporting Framework”. (Cf. Annex 1 hereafter) The Director General develops and presents to Council the planning and reporting tools that enable Council to fulfil its planning, monitoring and oversight functions.

[The above reforms (C1) respond to recommendation 6 of the Universalia report]

C2.1. Ensure that Council’s Policy and Programme Committee engages early and plays a lead role in shaping the development of the quadrennial IUCN Programme and taking decisions on the quadrennial programme and the annual work plan. For the Programme this should begin with a full ‘strategy session’ midway through the quadrennium in order to agree priorities and develop a first draft that enables Council to set strategic priorities for the draft Programme for the next quadrennium.

C2.2 Amend the Statutes which currently limit Council’s role with regard to Council decision making on the draft IUCN quadrennial Programme to be submitted to Congress by the Director General. A new Article 46 (c) bis should be added in the Statutes which would enable Council to: provide strategic direction in relation to the development of, and to approve the quadrennial draft IUCN Programme for submission to the Congress.

C3. Ensure Council, through the PPC, oversees implementation of the One Programme Charter policy including the use of a range of Programme delivery models and mechanisms to leverage capacities and resources of IUCN Members and Commissions and increase IUCN’s reach, influence, and impact in achieving the Programme results. In addition to reporting on the Secretariat’s responsibilities under the One Programme Charter, the annual report will progressively include data on IUCN Members’ implementation of the One Programme Charter as KPI and data collection systems are being developed, and IUCN Members’ engaged over time in fulfilling their reporting requirements.

MT MT

LT

MT

External Review

C4. Ensure that Council commissions an external review of IUCN’s governance at least every four years, to be delivered in time to inform a Council ‘strategy session’ at mid-term. The Terms of Reference and scope of the external review shall be established by Council. They shall include the review of the IUCN Commissions as described in A4.7 above. The Management Response to the external reviews of IUCN’s governance shall be made by the Council with the understanding that with regard to the Commissions, the responsibility for the Management Response shall be shared between Council and the Director General. Provision for review should be included in the IUCN budget.

C4.1 This “External Review of IUCN’s governance” shall be distinct from the “External Review” that focuses on IUCN Programme implementation and is commissioned by the Director General every four years for delivery towards the end of each quadrennium. The Director General will consult the Council and be advised on the draft Terms of Reference taking into account the Director General’s responsibility for the implementation of the IUCN Programme as per Article 79 (b) of the Statutes and the Council’s role of approving and reviewing the IUCN Programme. The Council will be informed of the Management

MT

MT

Page 27: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

6

Response to the “External Review” drawn up by the Director General on the understanding that the Council will add its comments on the recommendations of the External Review that might address IUCN governance aspects.

C4.2 Include an item in the Agenda for the April 2016 Council meeting for Council to consider the 2015 External Review of IUCN and contribute to the management response regarding recommendations affecting the governance of IUCN.

[The above reforms (C4) respond to recommendation 1 of the Universalia report.]

ST

Director General Performance Evaluation

C5. Develop a new Regulation 48 (c) (v) to clarify that the President and Vice-Presidents comprise the evaluation committee of the Director General.

C6. Amend Council decision C/76/5 and the Council Handbook in order to specify that Council establishes performance objectives and the President and Vice Presidents assess the performance on an annual basis instead of biannually, and for the results to be reported to Council annually in a closed meeting.

C7. Council to agree the performance objectives for the Director General at its April 2016 meeting.

[The above reforms (C5) respond to recommendation 1 of the Universalia report]

MT

ST ST

Oversight of Strategic Risks

C8. Maintain a risk matrix enabling Council to fully address the range of strategic risks faced by the Union, based on inputs from the Council’s Committees, to include possible changes in the external and internal operating environments. The “Strategic Risk Matrix” synthesising major risks is presented each year to Council by the Director General.

C9. The “Strategic Risk Matrix” is distinct from the “Risk Register” which the Head of Oversight has been submitting to the FAC, with the understanding that henceforth the FAC will report to Council the top 10-15 risks with its assessment of their impact and probability.

C9.1 The Council is yet to clarify what the “Governance Compliance Inventory” should contain in addition to the reports on legal liabilities which the Legal Adviser has been submitting to the FAC, and who should present it to Council.

MT

MT

Annex 1: Strategic Planning and Reporting Framework for the Union Purpose: to enable Council to carry out its strategic direction setting and oversight roles effectively and efficiently Colour code: green = programmatic, blue = governance, red = financial, purple = evaluation

Union Planning Documents Monitoring & Reporting

Delegated authority Focal Point Frequency

IUCN Quadrennial Programme

Outputs and Impacts Report

Council DG

Annually and at the end of the quadrennium

Commissions Annual Work Plans

Outputs and Impacts Report

PPC then Council Commission

Chairs

Annually and at the end of the

Page 28: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

7

quadrennium

Congress Resolutions and Recommendations

Implementation Status Report

PPC annually Council end of Quad.

DG Annually and at the end of quadrennium

Annual Work / Business Plan Programmes & Projects Status Report

PPC and FAC then Council

DG

Semi-annually (PPC/FAC) Annually (Council)

DG Annual Objectives (process specified in C5-C7) Objectives Council /

President N/A Annually

Annual Budget Management Accounts - quarterly

FAC Council

Chief Finance Officer

Quarterly (Chair FAC & Treasurer) Annually (Council)

One Programme Charter (under development as specified in C3)

Strength of the Union Indicators

Council Global Director UDG Annually

Council Quadrennial Work Plan

Key Tasks Reporting Council N/A

Annually and at the end of quadrennium

Strategic risk matrix (process specified in C8)

Risk matrix updates Council DG Annually

(Current) Risk Register (process specified in C9)

Risk Register Updates

FAC / Council

Head of Oversight Semi-annually

Governance Compliance Inventory (process specified in C9)

Governance Compliance Inventory Updates

Council ? Semi-annually

Evaluations External and Internal Evaluations

Council (external) DG (internal)

Head of Evaluation and Monitoring

Various

D. Transparency and independence

Council Transparency

Tim

ing

D1.1. Revise the Council Transparency Policy in order to incorporate the principle of transparency as the default position whereby the IUCN Council makes official meeting documents freely available, unless there is a valid reason to classify specific documents differently (confidential, deliberative etc.) taking into account best practice of comparable

MT

Page 29: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

8

international organizations and cost implications.

D1.3. Specify that contact information of Council members (iucn.org addresses) shall be posted on IUCN’s website.

D1.4. Update the Council Handbook to be consistent with the revised policy.

D1.5. Use the possibility set forth in Article 45 of the Statutes to invite observers to its meetings, as appropriate.

[The above reforms (D1) respond to recommendation 5 of the Universalia report]

ST

MT

MT

Council Support and Independence

D2. Establish a Council budget line in the IUCN budget and develop Terms of Reference and criteria for use, with the budget to be decided annually.

MT

Page 30: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

9

ANNEX 2:

Proposed scheme of distribution of responsibilities between the Council, the Bureau, the Council’s Standing Committees (FAC, GCC, PPC) and the Congress Preparatory Committee (CPC).

Council Bureau Standing Committee (GCC, PPC, FAC or CPC)

Responsibility Article Responsibility Article Responsibility Article Committee

Admitting new IUCN Members where there are objections

Stat 6, 9, 46h; Reg 8, 18

Determining dates and venue of the World Congress

Stat 23 Informing existing Members of applications for IUCN Membership

Stat 8 GCC*

Handling IUCN Membership suspensions and expulsions

Stat 13d Proposing amendments to Rules of Procedure of the WCC

Stat 29c Recognizing Regional and National Committees

Stat 46g Reg 61, 63b

GCC

Filling vacancies for President, Treasurer, Councillors and Commission Chairs

Stat 43 Reg 47

Admitting new IUCN Members with no objections

Stat 9, 46h; Reg 8, 18

Transferring IUCN Members between Categories

Stat 46h Reg 21

GCC

Giving rulings on policy

Stat 46a Appointing Councillor from the State where IUCN has its seat

Stat 38e Reg 45b

Approving legal personality of and procedures for National and Regional Committees

Stat 69, 71

GCC

Reporting on and making recommendations to the Members of IUCN and the Congress on any matter relating to the activities of IUCN

Stat 46c Inviting observers to Council meetings

Stat 45 Approving the staff rules

Stat 81 FAC

Approving annual programme and budget and monitoring performance

Stat 46d, 79b, 88f Reg 2

Adopting and publicizing important statements on important issues concerning the objectives of IUCN

Stat 46b Approving sources of income that are not considered 'high profile risk' and refer those that are to Council

Stat 87 FAC

Reviewing the work, activities and terms of reference of the Commissions

Stat 46e Reg 70

Approving the DG’s annual report, including the finances

Stat 46f, 83

Commenting on the financial accounts

Stat 88c FAC

Electing Vice-Presidents

Stat 46i Reg 45c

Appointing Commission Steering

Stat 46l, 67 Reg 46,

Establishing procedures for indemnification

Stat 92 GCC

Page 31: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

10

Council Bureau Standing Committee (GCC, PPC, FAC or CPC)

Responsibility Article Responsibility Article Responsibility Article Committee

Committees 73, 73bis of IUCN by any National or Regional Committee

Appointing and evaluating work of DG

Stat 46j, 79a

Appointing the Legal Advisor

Stat 46n Reg 45d, 87

Obtaining legal status in countries

Stat 98 FAC

Nominating candidates for President, Treasurer and Commission Chairs

Stat 46k Reg 32, 33, 34, 35

Appointing the Election Officer

Stat 46p; Rule 15, 20, 74 Reg 28, 29

Authorizing and scheduling time for meetings held in conjunction with the World Congress

Rule 4 CPC

Appointing Deputy Chairs of Commissions

Stat 46l Reg 46, 73

Establishing fees for participation in IUCN events

Stat 47 Inviting non-Members States and organizations as observers to the World Congress

Rule 8 CPC

Selecting the appointed Councillor

Stat 46m; Reg 45a

Authorizing leave of absence from Council

Stat 64 Defining the terms of reference of the Credentials Committee

Rule 21 CPC

Reporting on decisions that substantially affect the Programme and Budget

Stat 46o, 88f

Convening Regional Conservation Fora

Stat 68 Opening World Conservation Forum sessions to the public

Rule 30 CPC

Appointing the World Congress Preparatory Committee and a Motions Working Group

Stat 46p Commenting on Quadrennial draft financial plan

Stat 88e Giving speaking rights to observers at the World Congress

Rule 40 CPC

Performing other functions conferred by World Congress or Statutes

Stat 46q Establishing endowment funds

Stat 90 Communicating candidates for election to the IUCN Members

Rule 75 CPC

Exceptionally taking decisions that are the prerogative of the World Congress

Stat 48 Consulting on the draft agenda of the World Congress

Rule 45 Conferring privileges to Honorary Members and Patrons

Reg 44 CPC

Electing Committees and working groups and determining their terms of reference

Stat 50 Reg 59, 60

Setting the deadline for submission of motions

Rule 49 Receiving reports of the dissolution of National and Regional Committees

Reg 64bis GCC

Page 32: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

11

Council Bureau Standing Committee (GCC, PPC, FAC or CPC)

Responsibility Article Responsibility Article Responsibility Article Committee

(must always be included in the GCC’s written reports to Council)

Maintaining confidentiality of closed meetings

Stat 58 Approving the template for submitting motions

Rule 54b(x)

Agreeing use of IUCN’s name and logo by National and Regional Committees

Reg 65 GCC

Appointing a member of Council as the IUCN Council Global Oceans Focal Person.

Reg 45bis

Deciding the dates for e-voting on motions

Rule 62a Receive reports of National and Regional Committees (must always be included in the GCC’s written reports to Council)

Reg 66d GCC

Suspension or expulsion of Council members

Stat 65 Establishing groups for setting of dues Cat. A. and proposing Membership dues Cat. B/C.

Reg 22,23

Authorizing National and Regional Committees to carry out activities in the name of IUCN

Reg 67b GCC

Proposing creation, abolition or subdivision of a Commission

Stat 74 Setting the deadline for candidates for election as Regional Councillors

Reg 38 Handling appeals from people denied membership of Commissions

Reg 75 PPC

Assigning responsibilities to Commissions

Stat 75f Receive written synthesis of Councillors self-assessments from the Vice-Presidents

Reg 48c(iii)

Receiving notice from Commission Chairs of people who will receive Commission awards

Reg 76 PPC

Receive the reports of the Commission Chairs

Stat 77 Making Council awards for outstanding service to conservation

Reg 43 Providing any instructions and policy guidelines to the DG with respect to receiving grants, donations and other payments

Reg 88b, 89b

FAC

Receiving reports of the DG

Stat 84 Approving requests by the DG to designate

Reg 92d FAC

Page 33: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

12

Council Bureau Standing Committee (GCC, PPC, FAC or CPC)

Responsibility Article Responsibility Article Responsibility Article Committee

unrestricted funds for special purposes not foreseen in the financial plan

Provide strategic direction in relation to the development of, and approve the Quadrennial draft IUCN Programme

Statute 88e and add new 46 (c)bis

Requesting mail ballots of the IUCN Membership

Stat 94

Amending the Regulations

Stat 101

Responding to Members proposing amendments to the Statutes

Stat 104

Proposing amendments to the Statutes

Stat 105a, 106

Proposing Council motions to the World Congress

Rule 49, 52

Filling vacancies on Council when no candidate is successfully elected by the World Congress

Rule 78b, 79, 79bisb, 80

Approving memoranda submitted on behalf of Members or observers for the World Congress (?)

Rule 86d

Delivery of the One Programme

Reg 2bis

Establishing criteria for the qualities required for the positions of President, Treasurer and Chairs of Commissions.

Reg 31

Recommending candidates for Honorary Membership

Reg 41

Page 34: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 2 to Council decision C/88/7

13

Council Bureau Standing Committee (GCC, PPC, FAC or CPC)

Responsibility Article Responsibility Article Responsibility Article Committee

Recommending candidates for Patrons

Reg 42

Adopting and amending the Council Handbook and Performance Tools

Reg 48bis

Challenging the Chair’s rulings on points of order

Reg 51

Receiving and amending the minutes of Council meetings

Reg 52

Receiving and ratifying the decisions of the Bureau

Reg 58

Withdrawing recognition of National and Regional Committees

Reg 64

Page 35: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 3 to Council decision C/88/7

1

Proposed amendments to the IUCN Regulations

Approved by the IUCN Council in first reading during its 88th Meeting, April 2016, decision C/88/7

Existing provisions of the Regulations Amendments (with track changes) proposed by Council

Proposed new text of as amended (all track changes ‘accepted’)

Part V – The Council

Part V – The Council Insert a new subtitle and provision as follows: Council’s strategic objectives and priorities Regulation 44bis At the latest at the second ordinary meeting following the World Conservation Congress, the Council shall approve strategic objectives and priorities for its work, together with a work plan and a proper monitoring mechanism to be reviewed and adjusted, as required, on an annual basis.

Part V – The Council Council’s strategic objectives and priorities Regulation 44bis At the latest at the second ordinary meeting following the World Conservation Congress, the Council shall approve strategic objectives and priorities for its work, together with a work plan and a proper monitoring mechanism to be reviewed and adjusted, as required, on an annual basis.

Duties of Council Members […] Insert a new provision (v) in Regulation 48 (c): Regulation 48 […] (c) Consistent with all the duties assigned to

them under the Statutes, Rules of Procedure and Regulations of IUCN, the Vice-Presidents shall:

[…]

Duties of Council Members […] Insert a new provision (v) in Regulation 48 (c): Regulation 48 […] (c) Consistent with all the duties assigned to

them under the Statutes, Rules of Procedure and Regulations of IUCN, the Vice-Presidents shall:

[…]

Duties of Council Members […] Insert a new provision (v) in Regulation 48 (c): Regulation 48 […] (c) Consistent with all the duties assigned to

them under the Statutes, Rules of Procedure and Regulations of IUCN, the Vice-Presidents shall:

[…]

Page 36: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 3 to Council decision C/88/7

2

(v) together with the President, constitute the evaluation committee of the Director General.

(v) together with the President, constitute the evaluation committee of the Director General.

Part V – The Council

Part V – The Council Add a new subtitle and provision as follows: Secretary to Council Regulation 56bis With the approval of the Council, the Director General in consultation with the President shall appoint a member of the Secretariat staff as the Secretary to Council who shall be responsible for providing independent advice and support to the Council and the President in the exercise of their duties as defined in the Statutes, the Rules of Procedure and the Regulations. The Secretary to Council shall ensure that the provisions of the Statutes, the Rules of Procedure and the Regulations related to the Council and its subsidiary bodies including the Bureau are adhered to.

Part V – The Council Add a new subtitle and provision as follows: Secretary to Council Regulation 56bis With the approval of the Council, the Director General in consultation with the President shall appoint a member of the Secretariat staff as the Secretary to Council who shall be responsible for providing independent advice and support to the Council and the President in the exercise of their duties as defined in the Statutes, the Rules of Procedure and the Regulations. The Secretary to Council shall ensure that the provisions of the Statutes, the Rules of Procedure and the Regulations related to the Council and its subsidiary bodies including the Bureau are adhered to.

Functions and Composition of the Bureau Regulation 57 The Bureau shall act on behalf of Council on any matters that Council may assign to it and any matters that may arise under Article 46 (b) to (p) of the Statutes. (a) The Bureau shall consist of the President

as Chair, two Vice-Presidents, the Treasurer, one Commission Chair, two Regional Councillors, and the Chairs of the Programme and Policy Committee, the

Functions and Composition of the Bureau Regulation 57 The Bureau shall act on behalf of Council on any matters that Council may assign to it from time to time and any matters that may arise under Article 46 (b) to (p) of the Statutes. In addition, the Bureau shall decide directly on those specific matters assigned to it by the Council as provided for in the list annexed to the Rules of Procedure of the Bureau. The list shall be reviewed from time to time by Council and may be modified.

Functions and Composition of the Bureau Regulation 57 The Bureau shall act on behalf of Council on any matters that Council may assign to it from time to time and any matters that may arise under Article 46 (b) to (p) of the Statutes. In addition, the Bureau shall decide directly on those specific matters assigned to it by the Council as provided for in the list annexed to the Rules of Procedure of the Bureau. The list shall be reviewed from time to time by Council and may be modified.

Page 37: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 3 to Council decision C/88/7

3

Finance and Audit Committee and the Governance and Constituency Committee.

(b) The Commission Chairs shall elect their

representative to the Bureau at the beginning of the term of Council and again at midterm, it being understood that any such representative who served for the first half of the term will be re-eligible at midterm.

(c) The two Vice-Presidents and two Regional

Councillors shall serve only through the first half of the term, and for the second half of the term shall be replaced by Councillors from other Regions and the two other Vice-Presidents.

(d) Should a vacancy occur, the Council shall

appoint a replacement. (e) The Council shall define the rules of

procedure of the Bureau.

[…]

[…]

Committees and Working Groups Regulation 59 Committees and working groups may be established by the Council. A committee shall be a temporary or standing body with terms of reference more limited than those of the Council. A working group shall be a temporary body with a specific and limited mission. In general, the subject matter of a committee or working group shall not be within the mandate of a Commission. The terms of reference, leadership, composition and duration of committees and of working groups shall be

Committees, and Working Groups and Task Forces Regulation 59 (a) Committees and working groups may be

established by the Council. A committee shall be a temporary or standing body including but not limited to the standing committees referred to in Article 50 of the Statutes, with terms of reference more limited than those of the Council. A working group shall be a temporary body with a specific and limited mission which shall submit its report to Council, as the case

Committees, Working Groups and Task Forces Regulation 59 (a) Committees and working groups may be

established by the Council. A committee shall be a standing body including but not limited to the standing committees referred to in Article 50 of the Statutes, with terms of reference more limited than those of the Council. A working group shall be a temporary body with a specific and limited mission which shall submit its report to Council, as the case may be, with recommendations. A task force shall be a

Page 38: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 3 to Council decision C/88/7

4

determined by the Council. Once established, working groups or task forces may alter their composition provided this has no adverse impact on the approved budget. The Council may only delegate authority to any committee to act on its behalf for specific purposes, when the majority of the members of the committee are members of the Council.

may be, with recommendations. A task force shall be a temporary body established by a committee and shall submit its report to the committee, as the case may be, with recommendations.

(b) In general, the subject matter of a

committee or working group shall not be within the mandate of a Commission. The terms of reference, leadership, composition and duration of committees and of working groups shall be determined by the Council and, in the case of task forces, by the committee concerned. The terms of reference of working groups shall explicitly require a new decision of the Council or, in the case of task forces, of the committee concerned, in order to renew or extend their mandate. Once established, working groups or task forces may alter their composition provided this has no adverse impact on the approved budget.

(c) The Council may only delegate authority to

any committee or working group to act on its behalf for specific purposes, when the majority of the members of the committee or working group are members of the Council.

(d) The committees, and if necessary the

working groups, will meet prior to the plenary sessions of the Council. The committees and working groups will transmit their recommendations and proposed decisions to the Council prior to the Council plenary sessions, specifying the issues, if any, they wish to see debated by the full Council. Council members will have until the close of the business on the first plenary

temporary body established by a committee and shall submit its report to the committee, as the case may be, with recommendations.

(b) In general, the subject matter of a committee or working group shall not be within the mandate of a Commission. The terms of reference, leadership, composition and duration of committees and of working groups shall be determined by the Council and, in the case of task forces, by the committee concerned. The terms of reference of working groups shall explicitly require a new decision of the Council or, in the case of task forces, of the committee concerned, in order to renew or extend their mandate. Once established, working groups or task forces may alter their composition provided this has no adverse impact on the approved budget.

(c) The Council may only delegate authority to

any committee or working group to act on its behalf for specific purposes, when the majority of the members of the committee or working group are members of the Council.

(d) The committees, and if necessary the

working groups, will meet prior to the plenary sessions of the Council. The committees and working groups will transmit their recommendations and proposed decisions to the Council prior to the Council plenary sessions, specifying the issues, if any, they wish to see debated by the full Council. Council members will have until the close of the business on the first plenary day of the Council meeting to express a desire to reopen the debate regarding any

Page 39: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 3 to Council decision C/88/7

5

day of the Council meeting to express a desire to reopen the debate regarding any proposed decisions from the committees and working groups. In all other cases, the Council will adopt the proposed decisions of the committees and working groups without debate.

(e) Committees and working groups may also

hold meetings (either physically subject to the Council approved budget or electronically) between meetings of the Council. Recommendations and proposed decisions resulting from these meetings shall be sent to the Council or the Bureau, as appropriate, electronically for decision.

proposed decisions from the committees and working groups. In all other cases, the Council will adopt the proposed decisions of the committees and working groups without debate.

(e) Committees and working groups may also

hold meetings (either physically subject to the Council approved budget or electronically) between meetings of the Council. Recommendations and proposed decisions resulting from these meetings shall be sent to the Council or the Bureau, as appropriate, electronically for decision.

Part VII - The Commissions […] Commission Operations Regulation 78 (a) Each Chair, assisted by the Steering

Committee, shall lead the activities of the Commission. The Chair is entitled to act in the name of the Commission and may delegate specified responsibilities to the Deputy Chair, to members of the Steering Committee or to other members of the Commission.

(b) Consistent with Article 60 of the Statutes,

the Chairs of the Commissions, when exercising their duty under Article 46(d) of the Statutes, shall refrain from participating in the discussion and voting on the

Part VII - The Commissions […] Commission Operations Regulation 78 […] (b) Consistent with Article 60 of the Statutes,

the Chairs of the Commissions respective Commission Chair, when exercising their duty under Article 46(d) of the Statutes, shall, after presenting to Council their

Part VII - The Commissions […] Commission Operations Regulation 78 […] (b) Consistent with Article 60 of the Statutes,

the respective Commission Chair, when exercising their duty under Article 46(d) of the Statutes, shall, after presenting to Council their proposal on the Commission

Page 40: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 3 to Council decision C/88/7

6

Commissions Operation Fund. (c) The President and each Commission

Chair, in the presence of the Director General, shall undertake an annual appraisal of the performance of each Commission and its Chair in relation to the annual work plan and the mandate of that Commission.

proposal on the Commission Operation Fund for their respective Commission, refrain from participating in the subsequent discussion, unless the President rules otherwise, and recuse themselves from voting on this matter. The same protocol will be followed for the Council decisions concerning approval of draft Commission mandates.

(c) The Commission Chairs are accountable to

the President. The President and each Commission Chair, in the presence of the Director General, shall undertake an annual appraisal of the performance of each Commission and its Chair in relation to the annual work plan and the mandate of that Commission.

Operation Fund for their respective Commission, refrain from participating in the subsequent discussion, unless the President rules otherwise, and recuse her or himself from voting on the matter. The same protocol will be followed for the Council decisions concerning approval of draft Commission mandates.

(c) The Commission Chairs are accountable to

the President. The President, in the presence of the Director General, shall undertake an annual appraisal of the performance of each Commission Chair in relation to the annual work plan and the mandate of that Commission.

Insert a new provision: Regulation 78bis The Commissions are accountable to the Council between sessions of the Congress. In line with Article 77 of the Statutes, the Commissions through the Chairs present an annual report to the Council on outputs, outcomes, impact and resources raised against the Commission’s work plan approved by Council at the beginning of each term.

Regulation 78bis The Commissions are accountable to the Council between sessions of the Congress. In line with Article 77 of the Statutes, the Commissions through the Chairs present an annual report to the Council on outputs, outcomes, impact and resources raised against the Commission’s work plan approved by Council at the beginning of each term.

Page 41: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 4 to Council decision C/88/7

1

Strategic Planning and Reporting Framework Approved by the IUCN Council, 88th Meeting, April 2016, decision C/88/7 As requested by the Bureau of Council1, the Secretariat has reviewed the proposed Strategic Planning and Reporting Framework and produced an annotated table (Annex 1 hereafter) showing which reports are currently available, which are under development and where further discussion is warranted. Based on ongoing planning, monitoring and reporting work, the Secretariat will refine interessional and annual planning and reporting (programme and financial) to better emphasize results and impact while demonstrating implementation and progress against the Sustainable Development Goals. Reporting on the One Programme Charter will aim to show Members’ contribution to the IUCN Programme and implementation of the Resolutions and Recommendations. Starting in 2017, the Programme and Project Portal will be the IT solution for project planning, management and reporting. The Portal will deliver a comprehensive portfolio monitoring platform, which will track delivery, compliance, results and expenditures. Results and impacts will be recorded and rolled up from individual projects to show global progress against the indicators of the IUCN Programme 2017-2020 and the Sustainable Development Goals. The Programme and Project Portal will initially be used by the Secretariat and future updates will enable reporting functionality for Members. The emphasis on results and impacts related to the Sustainable Development Goals represents a fundamental shift in the way that IUCN plans and reports on its work as position’s IUCN as a key leader for a significant portion of the SDGs. This will allow IUCN to draw on publicly available datasets to demonstrate its contribution to the SDGs New planning and reporting work has started in the areas of DG’s objectives, the Council workplan, a Strategic Risk Matrix and refinement of reporting under the Risk Register. Noting that “C9.1 The Council is yet to clarify what the “Governance Compliance Inventory” should contain in addition to the reports on legal liabilities which the Legal Adviser has been submitting to the FAC, and who should present it to Council,”2 this has not been included in the annotated table.

1 Decision B/66/2 of the Bureau of the IUCN Council, 66th meeting, 19 February 2016 2 See section C9.1 of Appendix 2 of Bureau decision B/66/2

Page 42: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 4 to Council decision C/88/7

2

Annex 1: Annotated Strategic Planning and Reporting Framework Council requirement

Report Type Delegated authority

Focal point Frequency Status Additional work required

Intersessional (quadrennial) Programme

Intersessional Programme

Planning document Council DG Every four years

Normally produced every four years

Increased emphasis on results & impact, alignment with SDGs, use of Project Portal

Outputs, (results) and Impact report

Monitoring & reporting document

Council DG Every four years

Normally produced in DG report to WCC

Increased emphasis on results & impact, alignment with SDGs, use of Project Portal

Commission planning and reporting

Commissions’ workplans

Planning document PPC, then Council Commission Chairs

Annually and every four years

Normally produced annually and every four years (often jointly with Secretariat)

Refinement of planning tools to meet Commission needs

Output, (result) and Impact

Monitoring & reporting document

PPC, then Council Commission Chairs

Annually and every four years

Normally produced annually Align Commission Reports in Council to annual reports

Congress Resolutions and Recommendations

Congress Resolutions and Recommendations

Planning document (WCC output)

Council DG Every four years

Normally produced – Proceedings of the World Conservation Congress

Could be more aligned to Programme workplan

Implementation status report

Monitoring & reporting document

PPC, then Council DG Annually and every four years

Normally produced annually Could be more aligned to Programme reporting

Annual workplan and Budget (combines two requirements)

Annual workplan and budget

Planning document PPC, FAC, then Council

DG, Chief Financial Officer

Annually Normally produced annually Ensure alignment of plans to SDGs

Programme and Projects Status Report

Monitoring & Reporting document

PPC, then Council DG Annually Normally produced, covering progress against global results and priorities

Align reporting to global results, targets and indicators; align to SDGs

Management accounts

Monitoring & reporting document

FAC, then Council DG, CFO Quarterly (proposed)

Normally produced twice per year

Decide whether to move to a quarterly report

Council requirement

Report Type Delegated authority

Focal point Frequency Status Additional work required

One Programme Annual workplan Planning document Council DG Annual Normally, planning for One Enable planning through

Page 43: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 4 to Council decision C/88/7

3

Charter Programme engagement included in Annual workplan

the Project Portal

Strength of the Union indicators

Monitoring & reporting document

Council DG Annual Normally, included in Annual Report to Council by the Secretariat

Refine One Programme Indicators; enable reporting by Members through Portal

Evaluations Report on Evaluations

Monitoring & reporting document

Council and DG Head, PM&E Annual Normally produced annually or on demand

Clarify reporting expectations

Other organizational planning and reporting Council requirement

Report Type Delegated authority

Focal point Frequency Status Additional work required

DG’s Performance DG’s annual objectives

Planning document Council DG Annual Starting in 2016

Report on DG’s annual objectives

Monitoring & reporting document

Council DG Annual Starting in 2017

Council planning and reporting

Council quadrennial workplan

Planning document Council Council Annual Starting in 2017 at first Council meeting

Produce a workplan

Key tasks reporting Monitoring & reporting document

Council Council Annual Starting in 2018 Assign responsibility for tracking and coordinating preparation of a report

Strategic risk Strategic risk matrix (in DG’s report to Council)

Planning document + Monitoring & reporting document

Council DG Annual Starting in 2016 TBD

Risk Register Risk register & updates

Planning document + Monitoring & reporting document

FAC, Council Head, Oversight

Twice per year

Normally produced Identify top 10-15 risks

Page 44: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 5 to Council decision C/88/7

1

The IUCN Council’s Policy on Transparency

Approved by the IUCN Council at its 73rd meeting (decision C/73/151, November 2009),

modified at its 83rd meeting (C/83/9, May 2014) and at its 88th meeting (C/88/7, April 2016) 1. The work of the Council shall be conducted with transparency, where information is made freely and proactively available to IUCN Members, and to its stakeholders and the public, with specific exceptions clearly articulated below. Supported by relevant Resolutions of the IUCN World Conservation Congress2, the IUCN Council recognizes that transparency and accountability are of fundamental importance to achieving IUCN’s mission which is “to influence, encourage and assist societies throughout the world to conserve the integrity and diversity of nature and to ensure that any use of natural resources is equitable and ecologically sustainable”, and are critical for enhancing good governance.

At the same time, the IUCN Council endeavors to strike an appropriate balance between, on the one hand, the need to ensure transparency and, on the other hand, the need to preserve the integrity of its own deliberative processes by facilitating and safeguarding the free and candid exchange of ideas among its members, and to protect the confidentiality of certain information. 2. In accordance with this necessary balance, the IUCN Council’s Transparency policy is based on the following Principles:

• Maximizing access to information • Setting out a clear list of exceptions to safeguard the deliberative process and

protect certain confidential information • Providing clear procedures for making information available.

3. The Policy The IUCN Council allows access to all information pertaining to its work or that of its Bureau, provided it does not fall under the list of exceptions (Hereafter in Point 4). 4. The Exceptions

(a) Deliberative information: the IUCN Council, like any board, needs space to consider and debate, away from public scrutiny. It generally operates by consensus, and it needs room to develop that consensus. During the process it seeks, and takes into account, the input of many stakeholders; but it must preserve the integrity of its own deliberative processes by facilitating and safeguarding the free and candid exchange of ideas among its members.

Therefore, the IUCN Council does not provide access to:

• Information including emails, notes, letters, draft reports, or other documents exchanged during the course of its deliberations and that of its Bureau,

1 Follow-up to paragraph 1 (b) of Resolution 4.009 of the 2008 IUCN World Conservation Congress. 2 Resolution 3.002 of the 2004 IUCN World Conservation Congress; Resolution 4.009 of the 2008 IUCN World Conservation Congress.

Page 45: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 5 to Council decision C/88/7

2

committees, working groups and task forces to the extent this information is not included in official Council/Bureau documents bearing the IUCN Council/Bureau document code;

• Financial information and other corporate administrative matters prepared for, or exchanged during the course of the deliberations of the IUCN Council’s Finance and Audit Committee to the extent this information is not included in official Council documents;

• Information subject to attorney-client privilege such as the reports and legal opinions of the IUCN Legal Adviser and the reports of the Head of Oversight.

(b) The IUCN Council does not allow access to information whose disclosure could

cause harm to specific parties of interests such as: personal information including staff records, appointment, selection and evaluation processes, the proceedings of the Ethics Committee of Council, or information provided in confidence.

5. Implementation aspects of the Policy

The decisions of the Council and its Bureau, adopted during meetings or by electronic means between meetings, as well as all documents approved, annexed to or referred to in these decisions are posted on IUCN’s public website within six weeks from the date they were taken. IUCN Members will receive proactive notice by electronic communication. Summary minutes of the Council meetings are posted on IUCN’s public website following their approval in accordance with Regulation 52. The summary minutes of the Council and the decisions of Council/Bureau meetings will record the individual voting results whenever a vote by roll call is required for a decision or when a member of the Council or the Bureau requests their vote to be recorded.

To keep the financial cost of translation reasonable, only the text of the decisions will be posted in the three official languages of IUCN. Summary minutes and documents approved, annexed to or referred to in Council/Bureau decisions will only be available in the language in which they have been submitted to the Council/Bureau. 6. Official Council documents distributed for discussion or consideration (decision) by the IUCN Council or its Bureau, bearing the IUCN Council/Bureau document code, are publicly available after the end of the Council/Bureau meeting concerned, once they have been finalized. They are normally posted on IUCN’s public website, in the language in which they have been submitted, at the time of publication of the Council/Bureau’s decisions resulting from the Council/Bureau meeting concerned. 7. The following official Council documents are posted in the Union Portal accessible to all IUCN Members before the Council meeting in order to enable Council members to consult with relevant internal/external stakeholders in advance of the Council meeting:

• The Draft Agenda of the forthcoming Council meeting • The Draft IUCN Programme for the next term • The draft IUCN Work Plan and Budget for the following year • Draft policies or policy guidance prepared for Council’s decision.

The IUCN membership will receive proactive notice of the availability of these

documents.

Page 46: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 5 to Council decision C/88/7

3

The Draft Agendas of Council meetings will be made available in the three official

languages of IUCN. The other documents listed above will be made available in the language in which they have been submitted to the Council. 8. Information that is publicly available under this Policy and is not on IUCN’s public website will be made available upon request. Requests must be made by email to the IUCN Secretariat ([email protected]) and specify the titles or document codes of the document(s) concerned. Documents (in pdf format) will only be communicated by email.

Page 47: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

1

Management response to “External Evaluation of Aspects of IUCN’s Governance”, Final Report,

Universalia, November 2015 Approved by the IUCN Council during its 88th meeting, April 2016, decision C/88/7

Context IUCN’s governance structure is composed of a Council of 33 members, with subsets made up of Standing Committees, a Bureau and temporary working groups and task forces. The roles of each body are described in varying degrees of detail in the Union’s Statutes, IUCN’s Regulations, decisions of the Council and in the Council Handbook. In November 2015, Universalia, a Canadian consulting firm commissioned by IUCN’s Council to review its governance delivered a report “External Evaluation of Aspects of IUCN’s Governance”. On the basis of over 50 interviews, a written survey, and an analysis of both IUCN and external sources or documents, Universalia came up with 15 key findings, and a list of 6 Recommendations. The IUCN Council warmly welcomed Universalia’s report, its extremely pertinent findings and very useful recommendations. The Council wishes to congratulate its author, Mr. Charles Lusthaus, for his professional and diligent work, and his dedication to improving IUCN’s governance. The report constituted the basis of six months of intense work of the IUCN Council leading to an impressive package of reforms of rules and Council practices. The Council hopes to have demonstrated its ability to transform itself, committed as it is to effectively implement its role to set strategic direction for the Union and exercise oversight. The governance reform process described here below addresses these recommendations yet does not correspond to each one individually. The Council initiated a multi-step process in order to conduct a thorough set of reforms, which are reflected in four major decision instances: the 87th Council meeting in Hainan, China (October 2015); the Governance Task Force (January 2016); the 66th Bureau meeting (February 2016) and the 88th Council Meeting (April 2016).

Hainan Council At its 87th meeting, in Hainan, China, from 18 to 21 October 2015, the Council discussed a draft of the report, and analysed it in a dedicated “retreat” session with 5 breakout groups, after receiving a briefing by the main author of the report, Charles Lusthaus, of Universalia. Two Vice-Presidents, Malik Amin Aslam Khan and John Robinson, subsequently drafted a write-up of these discussions, summarizing the agreed next steps in a table which was intended as guidance for the Governance Task Force (GTF) established by the Council at the recommendation of its Governance and Constituency Committee (GCC). The GTF was to deliver its recommendations to the Chair of the GCC and the Bureau in January 2016. The list of GTF members was drawn up to ensure a balanced geographic representation, and to include both 1st term and 2nd term Councillors. The GTF was composed of: Andrew

Page 48: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

2

Bignell, George Greene (Chair), Meena Gupta, Brahim Haddane, Jonathan Hughes, Nilufer Oral, Tamar Pataridze, Simon Stuart and Marina von Weissenberg; and was supported by the Secretariat. The GTF was requested to review the outputs of the break-out groups and use the recommendations and the findings of the External Consultant’s Report as guidance in making its recommendations. Though there was a broad consensus among the break-out groups to maintain the current size of the Council, it was also emphasized that the GTF should have an open mandate to consider all possible options. The GTF was not given formalized ToRs so as not to constrain it to any specific set of actions or to foreclose any possible options including options for the size of Council in the long term.

Governance TF (GTF) The GTF was convened by the Chair via teleconference on 11 November 2015, then in person for a 2 day meeting in Rolle, Switzerland, on 16 and 17 January 2016. The GTF examined 4 broad categories of topics covering all the issues raised both in the Hainan Council meeting and in the Universalia report, namely:

1. Council structure, size and composition, including recommendations on: - delegation of Council decision making authorities to the Bureau and Committees

as an alternative model to reducing the overall size of Council - ways to fill gaps in qualifications, skills and knowledge on Council - establishing clear criteria and processes for election of Council members by

Council members for positions of Vice President, Committee Chairs and Bureau members

- measures to clarify and strengthen accountability of Commission Chairs as members of Council and to mitigate potential conflicts of interest.

Note: The Governance Task Force considered options to reduce the size of Council. However, the Task Force chose to recommend a model of Council - for Bureau and the Council Committees to be delegated more decision making authority and the Council as a whole to be more strategic and exercise high-level oversight – which is a response to questions around effectiveness of the current large Council size. The GTF also considered options to increase the number of appointed Council members in order to increase the diversity of knowledge and skills, but chose instead to strengthen and diversify the membership of Committees, Working Groups and Task Forces.

2. Effective functioning of Council, including recommendations on:

- Council setting of 4-year strategic priorities for its term - specifying an annual Council strategy session to address key risks and

opportunities facing the Union - clarifying the nature and roles of Council Committees, Task Forces and Working

Groups - appointing a Council Secretary to ensure Council adheres to provisions of the

Regulations and Statutes related to Council.

3. Strategic direction, Union oversight and reviews, including recommendations on:

Page 49: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

3

- clarifying Council’s accountability for setting strategic direction and priorities for the Union including the draft quadrennial Programme for submission to Congress, and the adoption of the annual work plan

- Council oversight of activities and performance of the Union, including Secretariat and Commissions and monitoring One Programme implementation

- adapting the Council policy on evaluation of the Director General - Council oversight of external reviews.

4. Transparency and independence of Council, including recommendations on: - transparency in making all official Council documents available to donors and the

public - establishment of the position of Council Secretary, similar to the position of Legal

Advisor which reports separately to the Director General and to the Council The GTF submitted its draft package of recommendations to the Bureau (with CC to the Council) on 26 January 2016 with a characterization of and proposed solution for each issue, followed by recommendations in the form of a draft Bureau decision. The Task Force worked to respond to:

• the Universalia report External Evaluation of Aspects of IUCN’s Governance, • the issues identified as priority by the Council at its Hainan workshop (October

2015), • the issues elaborated through Task Force deliberations.

In order to best operationalize its recommendations, the GTF assigned 3 time frames for decision making and implementation:

Short-Term - enhanced business practices and processes for immediate implementation following Bureau decision Medium Term – requiring amendments to the Regulations or the Council Handbook, to be decided by Council in April Long-Term – requiring amendments to the Statutes or directions from the membership, to be decided by the Members’ Assembly in Hawai’i.

Bureau The IUCN Council’s Bureau was presented with the package of recommendations at its teleconference meeting on 29 January 2016 and decided to convene a full day in-person meeting (the 66th meeting) at the Union’s headquarters on 19 February 2016 to review each recommendation before sending its own set of recommendations to the full Council. The Bureau endorsed the recommendations both in their content and form, with some changes to the following items:

• Elections of Regional Councillors

As a legal requirement would be difficult to enforce, the revised language reflects the fact that through the next call for nominations (in 2020), IUCN Members in every Region will be encouraged to nominate at least one candidate more for Regional Councillor than the number of seats allocated for the Region concerned.

• Composition of the Bureau and mode of designation

The Bureau, satisfied with its current composition and convinced that it should remain possible for the President to propose the members of the Bureau to

Page 50: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

4

Council for approval following consultation with Council members, decided not to follow the recommendations regarding the direct election of Bureau members by Council.

• Delegation from Council to Bureau and/or Standing Committees

The principle of delegation of Council responsibility on specific matters is endorsed as well as the concept of final decision for Bureau (removing Council’s ‘validation’ of Bureau decisions), but on matters of strategic importance, and if committees themselves so recommend, final decision rests with the full Council.

• Commission Chairs’ accountability and Potential Conflict of interest

The language stipulates that Commission Chairs are in the room during discussions but will abstain from intervening during votes pertaining to their budgets, mandates and programmes.

• Committees, Working Groups and task forces

An additional clause was introduced providing for a “sunset clause” in the Terms of Reference of temporary bodies. The Council will need to make an active decision to renew them.

• Oversight and reviews

o A strategic Risks matrix will be presented annually to Council including major changes in IUCN’s operating environment

o The Secretariat is to provide a proposal for an improved transparency policy based on best practices of other similar organizations.

The Bureau requested the Legal Adviser to prepare the amendments to the Regulations required to implement the package of reforms.

88th Council Meeting – Gland, 11-13 April 2016 Immediately prior to the Council meeting, the 67th meeting of the Bureau of the Council reviewed the amendments to the Regulations required to implement the Enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance approved in February. Based on legal advice, the Bureau made an important modification removing the notion that the Bureau could take final decisions on certain matters without a possibility for the entire Council to review them. In light of Article 49 of the Statutes which provides that the Bureau acts “on behalf, and under the authority of the Council between meetings of the Council”, the Bureau therefore maintained the requirement that all decisions of the Bureau be validated by Council through a no-objection procedure. However, faithful to the purpose of the initial GTF proposal that a more empowered Bureau was to enable the Council to effectively exercise its strategic direction and oversight role, the Bureau revised Regulation 57 to allow the Council to extend the range of matters on which the Bureau would be entitled to act upon by modifying the Rules of Procedure of the Bureau. At its 88th Meeting, the full IUCN Council reviewed and adopted the Bureau’s proposal with the following comments and/or modifications:

• The wording of Regulation 57 was modified in order to refer to the specific matters assigned to it by the Council as provided for in the list annexed to the Rules of Procedure of the Bureau on which the Bureau will be entitled to decide directly;

• The wording of Regulation 56bis was modified in order to specify that the Secretary to Council is to provide ‘independent advice’ to Council, thereby reflecting one of the

Page 51: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

5

initial purposes of formalizing the position in the Regulations, namely that the Secretary should be able to work in confidence with the Council;

• While maintaining the annual appraisal, specifying that the Commission Chairs reported to the President, the annual closed session to discuss the performance review of each Chair was removed as it was felt inappropriate and beyond common practice for certain board members to be evaluated by their peers. The wording of Regulation 78 (b) was modified to specify the protocol by which the Chairs were required to refrain from participating in the discussion and recusing themselves from voting on the Commission budgets and the draft Commission mandates.

It should also be noted here that at the time Council considered the enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance, it had the benefit of the report with results of the Union wide consultations held in the context of the Framework of Action to Strengthen the Union, a Council-led process leading to concrete steps to raise IUCN’s profile, leadership and influence within and beyond the conservation community, and to strengthen IUCN as an effective Union, including its membership, governance and structure. (Cf. Council document C/88/12.6/1) The synergies between this process and the External Evaluation of certain aspects of IUCN’s governance have strengthened the legitimacy of the steps taken by Council as described in the present document ‘Management Response’. The decisions of the 88th Council meeting formally constitute the Management Response to the “External Evaluation of Aspects of IUCN’s Governance”. Reference documents: Decision C/88/7 (and annexes) of the 88th Council meeting, April 2016

Page 52: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

6

Decision C/88/7 of the IUCN Council, 88th Meeting, 11-13 April 2016 The IUCN Council, 1. On the recommendation of the Bureau of the IUCN Council (decision B/67/2) which was

based on the recommendations of Council’s Governance Task Force established pursuant to Council decision C/87/29 (October 2015);

2. Noting that the Bureau decided to apply a small number of enhanced practices and reforms with immediate effect, on a pilot basis, in order to enable their testing and allow Council at its 88th meeting to focus on the substantive issues it must decide for the Hawai’i Congress and on the enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance for the medium and long-term;

3. Approves the enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance; (Annex 2) 4. Decides to modify the Council Handbook to reflect the enhanced practices and reforms

of IUCN’s governance presented in Annex 2 to this decision, subject to the adoption of amendments to the Statutes by the 2016 Congress referred to hereafter in paragraph 12 and the adoption by Council in second reading of the amendments to the Regulations referred to hereafter in paragraph 5, and requests the Director General to issue the revised version of the Council Handbook by the end of December 2016;

5. Approves, in first reading, the proposed amendments to the Regulations required to implement the enhanced practices and reforms of IUCN’s governance (Annex 3), and invites the IUCN membership to comment in conformity with Article 101 of the Statutes;

6. Decides to table the proposed amendments, modified as the case may be following the consultation of IUCN Members, for adoption in second reading at an additional meeting of the Council to be held by telephone in July/August 2016, in order for the amendments to become effective before the 2016 Congress;

7. Endorses an initial set of qualifications/skills/knowledge areas for Council1 and recommends the next Council (2016-20) to take it into account when approving the profiles for the elective positions;

8. Approves, on the proposal of the Director General in consultation with the President, the appointment of Luc De Wever as Secretary to Council;

9. Approves the Strategic Planning and Reporting Framework (Annex 4) and requests the Director General and Commission Chairs to further develop and present the planning and reporting tools that enable Council to fulfil its planning, monitoring and oversight functions;

10. Approves the revised Transparency Policy of the IUCN Council (Annex 5); 11. Endorses the “Management Response” to the External Evaluation of Aspects of IUCN’s

Governance (Universalia, November 2015) (Annex 6); 12. Approves the Council motion to amend Articles 46 and 50 of the IUCN Statutes (Annex

7); 13. Expresses its deep appreciation and gratitude to the Chair and members of the

Governance Task Force, and the Secretariat, for the excellent work.

1 See section A1.1 of Annex 2 to this decision.

Page 53: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 7 to Council decision C/88/7

IUCN WORLD CONSERVATION CONGRESS 2016 (WCC 2016) 1–10 September 2016, Hawai’i, United States

Proposed amendments to the IUCN Statutes: Enhanced practice and reforms of IUCN’s governance

Origin: IUCN Council Action Requested: The World Conservation Congress is invited to CONSIDER the amendments to the Statutes proposed by the IUCN Council under Article 105 (a) of the IUCN Statutes in the context of Council’s initiative to improve IUCN’s governance.

MOTION The IUCN World Conservation Congress, Adopts the following amendment to the IUCN Statutes: i) Amend Article 46 of the IUCN Statutes by inserting a new paragraph (c) as follows and

renumber all subsequent paragraphs accordingly: (existing text, if any, to be removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

The functions of the Council shall be inter alia: […] (c) to provide strategic direction in relation to the development of, and to approve

the quadrennial draft IUCN Programme for submission to the Congress; […]

ii) Amend Article 50 (a) of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics) (a) The Council may appoint committees and working groups, including but not limited to

the Programme and Policy Committee, and the Finance and Audit Committee and the Governance and Constituency Committee, and in any such appointments it shall seek to reflect the geographic and other diversity of IUCN.

[…] EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM 1. Further to the “External Evaluation of Aspects of IUCN’s Governance” (Final report,

Universalia, November 2015) which it had commissioned in 2015, the IUCN Council initiated a number of reforms and enhanced its practices with a view to strengthening its role to set strategic direction for the Union and provide oversight as required by Article 37 of the Statutes. The External Evaluation and Council’s Response to its recommendations can be viewed here.

Page 54: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

2

2. Some of the reforms led to amendments of the IUCN Regulations, others to a revision of the Council Handbook, the Rules of Procedure of the Bureau of the IUCN Council or decisions of the Council e.g. to approve an updated Planning and Reporting Framework and revised Transparency Policy of Council. The decisions of the 88th Council meeting (April 2016) in this regard can be viewed here.

3. The IUCN Council will report with more detail on the scope and expected results of these

reforms in its Report to the 2016 World Conservation Congress: see Congress document …

Amendment to Article 46 of the IUCN Statutes 4. One of the main instruments for the IUCN Council to set strategic direction for the Union

is through the development of the IUCN Programme for the following 4-year term.

The current IUCN Statutes define as one of the functions of the Congress “to consider and approve the programme and financial plan for the period until the next ordinary session of the World Congress” [Article 20 (e)] and further that the “Director General shall […] submit to each ordinary session of the World Congress for approval, a draft programme and financial plan for the period until the next ordinary session of the World Congress, together with the comments of the Treasurer and the Council”. [Article 88 (e)] At least since the last term, the IUCN Council has, through its Policy and Programme Committee, engaged early and played a lead role in shaping the development of the quadrennial IUCN Programme, working together with the Secretariat in providing a first draft for the IUCN Programme of the next term for consultation with all IUCN Members online and through the Regional Conservation Forums, and taking Members’ input into account, and deciding on the final draft to be forwarded to the Congress for adoption. From the next term onwards, the IUCN Council will begin with a full ‘strategy session’ midway through the quadrennium, i.e. in 2018, in order to agree priorities and develop a first draft that enables Council to set strategic priorities for the draft Programme for the next quadrennium. In line with the current practice and in order to consolidate Council’s role to set strategic direction with regard to the IUCN Programme, it is proposed to include it explicitly in Article 46 of the Statutes which defines the functions of the Council.

Amendment to Article 50 of the IUCN Statutes 5. Based on experience, the Council considers it good practice to work with three standing

committees: the Programme and Policy Committee, the Finance and Audit Committee and the Governance and Constituency Committee. Both the Programme and Policy Committee and the Finance and Audit Committee have been mentioned in Article 50 (a) of the IUCN Statutes as essential for its work. The IUCN Council would also like to see the Governance and Constituency Committee listed in this regard and proposes to amend Article 50 of the IUCN Statutes.

Page 55: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 8 to Council decision C/88/9

Action Timeframe

Secretariat to integrate the comments from Council members into a new version of the draft programme and prepare executive summary

by Friday, 29 April 2016

PPC to consider the new version, recommend endorsement by Council (electronically)

between 2 May and 10 May 2016

Secretariat to arrange editing, translation in French and Spanish Between 11- 28 May 2016

Draft Programme posted on Union Portal in the three languages No later than 01 June 2016

Page 56: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Congress document WCC-2016-2.1/2-Annexe 1 1 June 2016

IUCN Financial Plan 2017–2020

Draft 2 May 2016

Contents

1. Summary ............................................................................................................................... 2

2. Programme overview............................................................................................................. 5

a. Delivery models ............................................................................................................... 5

b. IUCN project portfolio ...................................................................................................... 7

3. Operational overview ............................................................................................................. 8

4. Financial Plan 2017–2020 ..................................................................................................... 9

a. Global budget .................................................................................................................. 9

b. Unrestricted income and expenditure ........................................................................... 11 i. Membership dues ...................................................................................................................... 11

ii. Framework income .................................................................................................................... 12

iii. Other unrestricted income ....................................................................................................... 13

iv. Unrestricted expenditure ......................................................................................................... 13

c. Restricted income and expenditure .............................................................................. 14 i. Restricted income ...................................................................................................................... 14

ii. Restricted expenditure ............................................................................................................. 14

d. Total expenditure ........................................................................................................... 15

e. Commission contributions ............................................................................................. 15

f. Balance sheet ................................................................................................................ 15

g. Reserves ....................................................................................................................... 16

5. Resource Mobilization Plan ................................................................................................. 17

6. Monitoring ............................................................................................................................ 20

7. Financial Risks..................................................................................................................... 20

8. Additional assumptions ....................................................................................................... 21

Annex 1: Planned expenditure by global and sub-result ......................................................... 22

1

Page 57: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

1. Summary The IUCN Financial Plan 2017–2020 supports the implementation of the IUCN Programme 2017–2020 and the One Programme Charter. The Programme will be implemented through the combined capacity of its Members and the components1 of the Union. In making proposals to donors the Secretariat will include Commissions and Members that are best placed to deliver Programme results, taking into account their skills and capacity. Scope The Financial Plan covers funds raised and spent by the Secretariat, including any expenditure incurred by Members and Commissions that passes through the accounts of the Secretariat. Contributions from Members towards the implementation of the Programme are expected to be significant but are not included in the Financial Plan. Similarly, IUCN benefits from significant voluntary contributions from approximately 13,000 members of the six IUCN Commissions. These contributions are not included in the Financial Plan as IUCN does not have systems in place for tracking and assigning value to the time given voluntarily by Commission members. Financial overview Based on an assessment of Programme needs, the capacity of the Union and fundraising opportunities, IUCN expects to raise and expend CHF 575 million over the four-year period 2017–2020. The breakdown by IUCN Programme Area and corporate functions is as follows:

• Valuing and conserving nature: CHF 212 million • Effective and equitable governance of nature’s use: CHF 86 million • Deploying nature-based solutions to global challenges: CHF 165 million • Corporate services CHF 73 million • Union development CHF 39 million • Total CHF 575 million

IUCN has three main funding sources: (a) Membership dues; (b) Framework funding; and (c) Restricted funding (globally and regionally) for programmes and projects. Figure 1 shows the level of these income sources over the 2013–2016 intersessional period and projections for the period 2017–2020.

1 The IUCN Statutes (Article 15) describe the components of IUCN as: (a) the World Conservation Congress; (b) the Council; (c) the National and Regional Committees and Regional Fora of Members; (d) the Commissions; and (e) the Secretariat.

2

Page 58: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Figure 1: Income trends 2012–2020

Total annual income increased from CHF 112 million in 2012 to a forecast level of CHF 130m in 2016. Over the next four years income is projected to increase steadily to reach a level of CHF 158m by 2020, reflecting an anticipated increase in restricted funding. Income from Membership dues showed a slight but steady increase over the period 2013-16, rising from CHF 11.6m in 2012 to CHF 12.8m in 2016, an average annual increase of 2.5%. A small increase to CHF 13.0m is expected over the period 2017–2020. Although the number of NGO Members is expected to grow, the value of their total contributions is low and may be offset by a decline in the dues paid by Members that decide to withdraw from IUCN. Framework income2 declined from a level of CHF 17m in 2012 to a forecast level of CHF 14m in 2016, and is expected to decline further to CHF 10m by 2020. The prospects of predictable framework funding from official development assistance (ODA) are declining; donors are demanding greater levels of accountability and are restricting funding to specific programme areas and deliverables. This presents a critical challenge for IUCN whose core functions depend significantly on framework income. Restricted income rose from CHF 78m in 2012 to a projected level of CHF 98m in 2016 and is forecast to increase to CHF 129m by 2020. This steady growth reflects the attractiveness of Programme initiatives to donors, IUCN’s fundraising success and IUCN’s capacity to deliver the Programme. Continued growth in restricted income will be driven by focussing on large-scale programmatic initiatives and by reducing the number of small-scale projects. Growth will also be driven by access to Global Environment Facility (GEF) and Green Climate Fund (GCF) funds. IUCN was recognised as an Implementing Agency of the GEF in 2014 and as an Accredited Entity with the GCF in March 2016. Access to these multilateral funding sources will provide IUCN with an important opportunity to grow the overall size of its project portfolio and to increase income levels. The total expected income for the four-year period 2017–2020 by funding source, together with comparative figures for the period 2013–2016, are shown in Table 1 below.

2 Framework funding for IUCN is multi-year commitment from governments and private donors/partners that is not tied to particular programmes or projects.

3

Page 59: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

The Plan for 2017–2020 foresees the level of unrestricted funding falling to 20% of total income, compared with 28% for the current four-year period. This change in the mix of income presents a major challenge. IUCN needs unrestricted income to allow it to invest in priority Programme Areas and to fund the institutional infrastructure necessary for it to meet its statutory objectives and implement the Programme. IUCN will adapt to the lower level of unrestricted income by ensuring higher levels of cost recovery from projects funded by restricted funds, by implementing changes to its operational structure, and by reducing costs through leveraging systems and streamlining processes. Funding of the Plan Historically, IUCN’s main source of funding has been ODA, through the provision of project and programme support from bilateral donors and multilateral agencies. Income from bilateral donors (governments) has formed the largest share, representing, on average, 50% of total annual income over the past four years, taking both restricted and unrestricted income into account. The level of bilateral ODA funding is expected to remain stable over the four-year period 2017–2020. Growth in this area will be challenging in view of the migration crisis in Europe and the significant reallocation of ODA by many governments to assist migrants entering Europe. In contrast, resources from multilateral institutions are expected to grow significantly from the current level of 17% (restricted and unrestricted income combined). As mentioned above, IUCN obtained accreditation as an implementing agency of the GEF in 2014 and has recently been accredited as an implementing agency of the GCF. These two funds are expected to be the main contributors to the overall growth in IUCN’s project portfolio. IUCN’s resource mobilisation strategy (see section 5) is focused on growing and diversifying the Union’s income base in order to reduce over-reliance on ODA from OECD governments. A strategy has been adopted to re-focus and enhance IUCN’s engagement with US-based foundations and to reach out to US philanthropists with a passion for conservation. IUCN will also redouble efforts to strengthen its engagement with European-based foundations, using mechanisms such as the IUCN UK Charity. Any such resources are likely to be restricted and programme- or project-specific. Financial risks The main financial risk for IUCN during 2017–2020 is the anticipated reduction in framework income and the reduction in flexibility that this will impose. Such reduction, however, also offers an opportunity to review the scope and breadth of IUCN’s Programme and presence,

Table 1: Total incomeTotal

2013-16Total

2017-20Plan Plan

CHF m % CHF m %

Unrestricted incomeMembership dues 50 10% 51 9%Framework income 64 13% 42 7%Other unrestricted income 23 5% 22 4%Total unrestricted income 138 28% 115 20%

Restricted income 350 72% 462 80%

Total income 488 100% 577 100%

4

Page 60: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

to review and reassess areas where IUCN no longer holds the lead, or where members can more usefully provide a specific service or knowledge product and to restructure accordingly, such that IUCN can remain Member-relevant and Mission-focused on areas of high impact and relevance. 2. Programme overview The Financial Plan details the funds that can be realistically mobilised and expended by the Secretariat towards the achievement of the Results laid out in the IUCN Programme 2017–2020. Table 2 below details the amounts expected to be raised and expended annually by the Secretariat over the period 2017–2020 under each of the three Programme Areas and Global Results. A breakdown by Sub-Results is included in Annex 1.

a. Delivery models IUCN implements its Programme through a mix of different delivery mechanisms or models. Optimal delivery cannot be achieved through a ‘one size fits all’ approach and hence a hybrid approach is used. The main delivery models used by IUCN are summarised in Table 3 below. All models respect the One Programme approach. Members participate in project implementation through either the direct receipt of grants or as implementing partners. Commissions are involved in the generation of knowledge or the provision of expert advice.

Table 2: Expenditure by Global Result2017 2018 2019 2020 2017-20

Programme Area Global Result Plan Plan Plan Plan TotalCHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m

Valuing and Conserving Nature

GR1 The risk facing species and ecosystems is reduced

50 52 54 56 212

Effective and Equitable Governance of Nature's Use

GR2 Natural resources governance at all levels enables delivery of effective conservation and equitable social outcomes by integrating good governance principles and rights-based approaches

20 21 22 23 86

Deploying nature based solutions to address societal challenges including climate change, food security and economic and social development

GR3 Societies recognise and enhance the ability of healthy and restored ecosystems to make effective contributions to meeting societal challenges of climate change, food security and economic and social development.

35 37 44 49 165

Total 105 110 120 128 463

5

Page 61: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Table 3: IUCN Programme delivery models Programme delivery model

Overview One Programme – main participants

Estimated contribution 2017–2020

1. Regional thematic initiative with re-granting e.g. Mangroves for the Future (MFF)

Large-scale multi-year programmatic initiatives that build upon and reflect regional buy-in and support via their governance structure. While there is a strong central technical component this model is also characterised by re-granting specific executive functions to IUCN Members and components through, for example, a small grants scheme.

Members 15% CHF 69m

2.Programmatically aligned global portfolio approach e.g. Forest Landscape Restoration (FLR)

Large-scale multi-year programmatic initiatives implemented by a combination of both global thematic and regional programmes around a single set of well-defined objectives. Strategic implementation rests with the Secretariat. Global and regional knowledge and policy components are managed by the Secretariat (and as appropriate Commissions), and in-situ executive roles are undertaken by IUCN regional secretariat and with IUCN Members and partners.

Members, Commissions

20% CHF 93m

3. Implementing agency model e.g. Global Environment Facility (GEF), Green Climate Fund (GCF)

Funding mechanisms set up to provide resources to eligible countries (e.g. developing countries and countries with economies in transition) for projects/programmes aimed at fulfilling obligations taken by parties to the Rio Conventions for protecting the global environment in agreed thematic areas (e.g. biodiversity, climate change adaptation and mitigation, combating land degradation, international waters). Country ownership is a pre-requisite but the funded initiatives can be single-country as well as multi-country (regional and/or global).

Members 20% CHF 93m

4. Global grant making model e.g. Save our Species (SOS)

Multi-year grant-making initiatives supporting conservation action and building capacity of civil society organisations (mostly aligned with Valuing and Conserving Nature). Implemented by a designated secretariat comprising IUCN employees working with IUCN Commissions and supporting IUCN Members. IUCN is recognised for the value added through the mobilisation of the knowledge and expertise of its Commissions.

Members, Commissions

10% CHF 46m

5. Knowledge products e.g. Red List

Projects whose principal aim is the generation of flagship IUCN knowledge and/or the maintenance of the systems behind these products. This model

Commissions 15% CHF 69m

6

Page 62: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

complements but is separate from licensing arrangements for the use of IUCN data by third parties.

6. Programmatically aligned single projects

Projects designed to comply with the implementation of the IUCN Programme at regional or country level. They depend on the priorities of donors and the support of governments and strategic partners.

Members 20% CHF 93m

100% CHF 463m

The mix of delivery models is expected to evolve over the four-year period with growth in large-scale programmatic approaches (models 1 and 2), and an increase in GEF- and GCF-funded projects (model 3).

b. IUCN project portfolio At the start of 2016 the total value of IUCN’s project portfolio (total value of projects under implementation) stood at CHF 323m, compared to a value of CHF 260m at the start of 2014. The value of the portfolio is expected to increase steadily, reaching a level of CHF 480m by 2020, as shown in Figure 2. Figure 2: Total value of IUCN project portfolio

The increase in the project portfolio will be driven primarily by growth in the number of projects funded by the GEF and GCF. Accreditation as a GEF Implementing Agency allows IUCN to submit proposals to the GEF and to receive funding for projects that will be executed by State Agencies and other partners. IUCN’s recently achieved status as an Accredited Entity with the GCF allows for similar submissions in the field of climate change adaptation and mitigation. Project and programme development for both funds is well underway. Figure 3 below shows the expected growth in both the GEF and GCF portfolios, and Figure 4 shows estimated annual expenditures.

7

Page 63: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Figure 3 Figure 4

IUCN is also in the process of seeking accreditation with the EU for implementation of the EU budget under what is referred to as “indirect budget management”. Once achieved, this will provide further opportunities for onward granting to IUCN Members and other partners. 3. Operational overview The Programme will be implemented by Regional and Global Thematic Programmes of the global Secretariat which comprises a Headquarters in Switzerland and a network of regional and country offices. As IUCN moves towards larger-scale initiatives that involve multiple offices and units, it is important that the organisational structure supports collaboration and efficient working methods. Consequently, linkages between Headquarters and the Regions are being strengthened through the development of a formal matrix structure. This is expected to result in improved collaboration across the global Secretariat and a standardisation of programmatic and operational approaches which, in turn, are expected to lead to better quality delivery and enhanced donor confidence. The matrix structure will also result in efficiency gains across the organisation and a reduction in corporate costs as services are managed on a global basis instead of a local basis. An example of the benefits of a matrix structure can be seen with the evolution of the delivery of information system services. Over the last five years, considerable investment has been made in IUCN information systems. Roll-out of the financial modules of the ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) system was completed in 2015 and work is now in progress on the development and roll-out of a programme and project management system. This will facilitate project implementation and provide a basis for consolidated programme monitoring and reporting across the Secretariat. In parallel with this, a Global Wide Area Network (GWAN) and standardised IT infrastructure is being rolled out across all IUCN offices. This will improve service delivery to users and allow technical staff to support IT systems and users on a global basis regardless of their location. Similar initiatives are planned for Finance, Human Resources, Legal & Oversight, Planning, Monitoring & Evaluation, and Communications. Harmonising processes and using resources on a global basis is expected to result in significant cost savings.

8

Page 64: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Figure 5: IUCN matrix structure

The matrix structure will be extended to programmatic areas over the course of 2017-20. Significant investment has also been made in overhauling IUCN’s policy and procedural framework. Key examples are the development of the Project Guidelines and Standards (PGS), which include detailed guidance on project appraisal; the Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) designed to minimise negative environmental and social impacts; the Procurement Policy and Procedure and guidelines on working with implementing partners. These standards and procedures will ensure that projects are developed in a rigorous manner, that they are in line with IUCN Programme and Results framework and that they are implemented in accordance with practices that promote quality delivery. During the course of the 2017–2020 IUCN will revisit the possibility of out-posting global thematic programmes to regional offices or hubs. With the standardisation of systems, tools and processes and the strengthening of regional offices this will becomes a viable option that could potentially reduce costs. 4. Financial Plan 2017–2020

a. Global budget The estimated global needs for IUCN’s Programme activities can be said to be in the billions. However, the Financial Plan must take into account IUCN’s capacity to deliver with quality results and must reflect reasonable and achievable fundraising targets. An assessment of the potential to raise funds for the 2017–2020 Programme has been done by considering the three Global Results and the corresponding Sub-Results. These numbers assume that IUCN will be able to maintain and/or increase its share of ODA funding. Table 4 shows the expenditure by Programme Area over the period 2013–2016 and that planned for the period 2017–2020. Total projected annual expenditure for 2017 is CHF 133m, which represents a slight increase compared to 2016 forecast expenditure of CHF 131m. Steady growth in project expenditure is expected from 2018 onwards, taking total annual expenditure to CHF 157m by 2020. This is a prudent estimate. Growth may be higher as new products are developed, while an

HQ Asia Africa Europe Oceania Americas

Information systems

Finance

Human Resources

Legal and Oversight

Planning, Monitoring & Evaluation

Communications

9

Page 65: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

approach focused on priority areas and large-scale initiatives may result in a higher level of income.

Valuing and conserving nature is the largest Programme Area. A large part of activities consists of the development and dissemination of IUCN’s flagship knowledge products, such as The IUCN Red List of Threatened SpeciesTM, the World Database on Protected Areas, the Red List of Ecosystems and Key Biodiversity Areas. The majority of the value of the work is, however, attributed to targeted conservation actions delivered through grant-making programmes and other delivery mechanisms. Promoting and supporting effective and equitable governance of natural resources includes the development of governance frameworks such as the IUCN Natural Resource Governance Framework, legal and institutional frameworks and the strengthening of governance systems. The value of this Programme area is lower than the other two as it is primarily knowledge based. Deploying nature-based solutions to address societal challenges involves more field operations and is more directly aligned with the priorities of ODA donors. This area has the greatest potential for growth, particularly as a result of IUCN’s accreditation with GEF and GCF. Table 4 also includes an estimate of the costs of corporate services and Union development. The former comprises the costs of services such as finance, human resources, information systems, office facilities, legal services and oversight, whereas the latter comprises the cost of Union governance and development including Membership services, convening the World Conservation Congress and Council meetings, representational costs at both the headquarters and regional offices, and corporate communications. The Financial Plan is broken down into two sections: unrestricted income and expenditure; and restricted income and expenditure, as shown in Table 5.

Table 4: Target expenditures (CHF million) by Programme Area, Corporate services and Union development2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Valuing and Conserving Nature 40 43 48 55 186 39% 50 52 54 56 212 37%

Effective and Equitable Governance of Nature's Use

15 17 17 20 69 14% 20 21 22 23 86 15%

Deploying nature based solutions to address societal challenges

26 29 27 25 107 22% 35 37 44 49 165 29%

Sub-total 81 89 92 100 362 76% 105 110 120 128 463 81%

Corporate services 17 19 20 20 76 16% 19 18 18 18 73 13%

Union development 8 8 10 11 37 8% 9 9 10 11 39 7%Total 106 116 122 131 475 100% 133 137 148 157 575 100%Annual Growth % 9% 5% 8% 1% 3% 8% 6%

2013-16 2017-20

10

Page 66: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Note: The deficit in 2016 reflects anticipated restructuring costs and will be funded by general reserves.

b. Unrestricted income and expenditure Surpluses were achieved in 2013 and 2014 followed by breakeven in 2015. A deficit of CHF 2m is forecast in 2016 due to declines in framework income (see below) and associated restructuring costs. Breakeven situations are foreseen in 2017 and 2018 as IUCN adapts to a further decline in framework income, followed by surpluses of CHF 1m in each of 2019 and 2020 as measures are taken to rebuild reserves.

i. Membership dues Table 6 shows the expected evolution in the number of Members and Table 7 the corresponding value of dues. During the period 2013–2016, a 10% increase in the number of Members was achieved, driven primarily by an increase in the category National Non-Government Organizations. A decline in the number of Members is expected in 2017 following withdrawal of Members rescinded at the 2016 Congress (as a result of non-payment of Membership dues), after which a modest annual increase in the number of Members is expected.

Table 5: Restricted and unrestricted income and expenditure, 2013-20 (CHF million)

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020Total

2017-20Actual Actual Actual Forecast Plan Plan Plan Plan PlanCHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m

Unrestricted income and expenditureUnrestricted incomeMembership dues 13 12 13 13 12 13 13 13 51Framework income 17 17 16 14 12 10 10 10 42Other unrestricted income 5 8 5 5 5 5 6 6 22Total unrestricted income 35 37 34 32 29 28 29 29 115

Unrestricted expenditure 31 33 34 34 29 28 28 28 113

Surplus/(deficit) 4 4 0 -2 0 0 1 1 2

Restricted income and expenditureRestricted incomeProgramme/project income 79 76 95 98 104 109 120 129 462Other restricted income 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0Total restricted income 79 77 96 98 104 109 120 129 462

Restricted expenditure 75 83 88 98 104 109 120 129 462

Surplus/(deficit) 4 -6 8 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total income and expenditureTotal income 114 114 130 130 133 137 149 158 577Total expenditure 106 116 122 132 133 137 148 157 575Surplus/(deficit) 8 -2 8 -2 0 0 1 1 2

11

Page 67: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

In line with the trend in the number of Members the level of income from Membership dues is expected to decline in 2017 and then gradually rise.

ii. Framework income Framework income is provided by IUCN’s Framework Partners and is essential for IUCN’s performance as a Union and for the delivery of the Programme. The majority of the existing framework income comes from ODA sources and its use has to comply with the general regulations associated with ODA funding. The value of framework contributions declined by 17% over the period 2013 to 2016. This was due to one partner leaving and a decline in the value of Framework Partner currencies against the Swiss franc. The decline was most marked in 2015 as a result of the unpegging of the Swiss franc to the Euro; a decision made by the Swiss National Bank in January 2015.

IUCN expects a further decline in framework contributions in 2017 and 2018 as a result of cuts in ODA by several partners and a tendency of donors to move away from unrestricted institutional support to restricted programme funding. In order to reverse this trend IUCN will provide existing partners and new partners with the opportunity to programmatically restrict their contributions if they so wish. This will provide IUCN with a degree of flexibility in the allocation of funding and at the same time provide partners with the possibility of restricting funding so that it is aligned with their individual priorities. Funding of this nature is reflected in the projections for restricted income.

Table 6: Membership by number of members2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Actual Actual Actual Forecast Plan Plan Plan PlanCategory Number Number Number Number Number Number Number NumberStates 92 90 89 89 87 89 91 93 Government Agencies 132 125 127 128 124 128 132 137 National Non-Government Organizations 946 918 953 1,022 933 968 993 1,078 International Non-government Organizations 112 108 109 114 102 107 112 117 Affiliates 47 48 50 53 49 54 58 64 Total 1,329 1,289 1,328 1,406 1,295 1,346 1,386 1,489 Growth 4% -3% 3% 6% -8% 4% 3% 7%Growth over intersessional period 10% 6%

Table 7: Membership dues by value (CHF million)2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Actual Actual Actual Forecast Plan Plan Plan PlanCategory CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF mStates 10.1 9.7 9.9 10.1 10.0 10.1 10.2 10.3Government Agencies 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1National Non-Government Organizations 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3International Non-government Organizations 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2Affiliates 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1Total 12.6 12.2 12.5 12.8 12.4 12.7 12.8 13.0 Annual growth 9% -3% 2% 2% -3% 2% 1% 2%Growth over intersessional period 11% 1%

Table 8: Framework income (CHF million)2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Actual Actual Actual Forecast Plan Plan Plan PlanValue of contributions (CHF m) 17 17 16 14 12 10 10 10Annual growth 2% -1% -5% -13% -13% -14% 0% 0%Decline over intersessional period -17% -25%

12

Page 68: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Despite this trend, new partners will be sought and the possibility of securing programmatically restricted contributions will be explored.

iii. Other unrestricted income Other unrestricted income includes a variety of items such as rental income and the in-kind value of tax concessions received from the Swiss Government. It also includes unrestricted donations from individuals.

iv. Unrestricted expenditure Unrestricted expenditure is aligned with the level of unrestricted income (also referred to as core income). Unrestricted expenditure provides the capacity to meet statutory objectives, deliver core knowledge products and support the delivery of the Programme.

Unrestricted expenditure is forecast to decline by 17% over the period 2017–2020 in line with the expected decline in unrestricted income (see Table 5). The decline is most marked in 2017, reflecting the expected decline in framework income in that year. Unrestricted income is allocated during the annual budgeting process in accordance with the Principles and Rules for the Allocation of Core Income. The following are the key areas funded by unrestricted income.

• Statutory obligations such as the World Conservation Congress and governance meetings.

• Union governance and development functions that are necessary for coordinating the delivery of the IUCN Programme and for providing associated constituency support.

• Strategic priorities that focus on delivery of priority programme results, including:

a. Allocations to Commissions to fund operational costs and capacity building; b. IUCN’s global policy-influencing function; c. Flagship knowledge products; and d. Investments in thematic areas as a basis for leveraging restricted funding.

• Programme delivery and support functions that are necessary for the delivery of the Programme, including operational frameworks and standards.

• Corporate functions necessary to provide a basic level of global operational infrastructure, oversight and fiduciary control, including corporate communications.

• Organisation-wide investments such as investments in information technology that benefit components of the Union and support Programme delivery.

• Allocations to cover institutional risks both financial and programmatic.

Table 9: Unrestricted expenditure (CHF million)2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Actual Actual Actual Forecast Plan Plan Plan PlanCHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m

Unrestricted expenditure 31 33 34 34 29 28 28 28Annual growth -11% 6% 4% 0% -16% -3% 2% 0%Growth over intersessional period -2% -17%

13

Page 69: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Planned strategic investments during 2017–2020 include:

• Investment in project and programme management systems to facilitate project management, reporting and monitoring of outputs, and achievement of results.

• Investment in knowledge platforms and data aggregation.

c. Restricted income and expenditure

i. Restricted income Restricted funding is forecast to increase by 31% during 2017–2020. It accounts for 95% of the funding for the three Programme Areas. Restricted funding varies in the level of restrictions. The majority of restricted funding is project specific, i.e. for specific activities and outcomes and for specific geographies. However, funding may be more loosely restricted, e.g. to specific Programme Areas or for specific initiatives. This provides a degree of flexibility in how the funds can be used and an opportunity to fund costs from restricted income that might otherwise need to be funded from unrestricted income. Table 10 shows the projected level of restricted funding. The line ‘Programme/project income’ includes both project-restricted and programmatically-restricted income. IUCN will endeavour to grow programme-restricted funding to enable it to deliver large-scale multi-year programmatic initiatives in accordance with the preferred delivery models (see section 2.a). The Resource Mobilisation Plan (section 5) lays out the approach for raising restricted funds.

ii. Restricted expenditure The planned level of programme/project expenditure (Table 11) follows the planned levels of restricted income (Table 10). Programme and project activity is the principal means for IUCN to deliver the Programme Results for the three Programme Areas.

Expenditure is expected to increase by 31% during 2017–2020. The increase is expected to be the greatest in the regions that are the biggest recipients of ODA, as ODA represents up to 75% of IUCN’s funding. Programme growth is expected to be strong in Africa and Asia, but less strong in Meso-America, South America, Oceania and West Asia. Project expenditure includes allocations to Members, Commissions and other IUCN components and partners involved in the delivery of the Programme where this is provided for in donor grants received by the Secretariat.

Table 10: Restricted funding (CHF million)2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Actual Actual Actual Forecast Plan Plan Plan PlanCHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m

Programme/project income 79 76 95 98 104 109 120 129Other restricted income 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0Total 79 77 96 98 104 109 120 129Annual growth 3% -3% 25% 2% 6% 5% 10% 7%Growth over intersessional period 27% 31%

Table 11: Restricted expenditure (CHF million)2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Actual Actual Actual Forecast Plan Plan Plan PlanCHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m

Project and other restricted expenditure 75 83 88 98 104 109 120 129Annual growth -4% 11% 6% 11% 6% 5% 10% 7%Growth over intersessional period 25% 31%

14

Page 70: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

d. Total expenditure Table 12 shows total expenditure by expenditure category. Personnel and consultancy costs represented 63% of total costs in the period 2013–2016. No significant changes in staff mix or staff salary levels are foreseen. Staff whose main role is to implement projects are normally employed on short-term contracts in order to have flexibility in the cost structure and to manage the cost of downsizing in the event of a declining project portfolio. Travel and communication costs are expected to decrease from 15% of total cost to 11% over the 2017–2020 period through the use of information technology and virtual meetings. The level of grants to partners is expected to increase progressively as a result of initiatives for conservation action where a high proportion of execution will be done through Members and other partners and as a result of a significant increase in funding from GEF and GCF projects, the majority of which will be disbursed as grants.

e. Commission contributions Commissions support the implementation of the Programme through the contribution of knowledge and expertise. Contributions may be in the form of paid services (and hence are reflected in the income and expenditure flowing through the Secretariat) or in the form of volunteer time. An exercise was performed in 2011 to estimate the value of volunteer time. This was based on the number of volunteer days expected to be provided by Commission members, using a standard value of CHF 1,000 per person per day, plus any cash contributions expected to be received directly by the Commissions. The standard value of CHF 1,000 per day includes the value of office services that may be provided by a volunteer’s employer or host organisation. This valued the total input of Commission members at around CHF 150m p.a. This is still considered to be a relevant broad estimate of the annual contribution of Commissions to the IUCN Programme. Although it is not considered feasible to collect detailed data on volunteer contributions, a system will be put in place in 2017 to record income and expenditure received/incurred by Commissions that passes through the books of host organisations in addition to that passing through the books of the Secretariat. The majority of Commission inputs go into supporting IUCN knowledge products, such as The IUCN Red List of Threatened SpeciesTM and the World Database on Protected Areas, and providing expertise in programme implementation.

f. Balance sheet Table 13 shows the actual balance sheet at the end of 2015 and projected balance sheets at the start and end of the 2017–2020 period. The main variables are an increase in the level of cash and short-term deposits of CHF 10m, reflecting an increase in the project portfolio of

Table 12: Total expenditure by expenditure category2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Actual Actual Actual Forecast Plan Plan Plan PlanExpenditure category CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m % CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m %Personnel and consultancy costs 67 73 78 83 301 63% 80 82 82 82 326 57%Travel and communications 16 19 18 18 71 15% 16 16 16 17 65 11%Office and general administration 7 8 8 8 31 7% 8 8 8 8 32 6%Other operating costs 10 10 12 12 44 9% 12 11 11 11 45 8%Grants to partners 6 6 6 11 29 6% 17 20 31 39 107 19%Total 106 116 122 132 476 100% 133 137 148 157 575 100%

2013-16Total

2017-20Total

15

Page 71: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

approximately 33% over the four-year period. This is matched by an increase in the level of restricted reserves, which represent funds held on behalf of donors for future project implementation. The level of deferred income and the building loan are forecast to decrease by approximately CHF 4m as the building loan is repaid and deferred income on donated assets is released. This will be matched by a corresponding reduction in the value of fixed assets.

g. Reserves Table 14 shows actual movements of reserves to 31 December 2015 and projected movements to 31 December 2020. Reserves increased from a level of CHF 13.2m at the start of 2013 to CHF 20.8m at the end of 2015. In 2016 a reduction of reserves is foreseen as a result of restructuring costs. During 2017–2020 reserves are projected to increase by CHF 2.4m as a result of budgeted surpluses in 2019 and 2020 (see Table 5). IUCN has set a reserves target of CHF 25m based on an assessment of financial and operational risks.

Note: Other reserve movements represent currency translation adjustments

Table 13: Projected Balance Sheet (CHF million)2015 2016 2020 2015 2016 2020

Actual Forecast Plan Actual Forecast PlanCHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m

Current assets Current liabilitiesCash and short term deposits 34 32 42 Other liabilities 10 10 10Investments 14 14 16 Provisions 4 4 4Other receivables 17 17 18 Total current liabilities 14 14 14

Total current assets 65 63 76 Non-current liabilitiesDeferred income 18 17 15

Non-current assets Building loan 11 11 10Fixed assets 33 33 30 Total non-current liabilities 29 28 25Intangible assets 2 1 1Total non-current assets 35 34 31 Restricted reserves 36 36 47

Unrestricted reserves 21 19 22

Total assets 100 97 107 Total liabilities and reserves 100 97 108

Table 14: Reserves (CHF million)2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

Actual Actual Actual Forecast Plan Plan Plan PlanCHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m

Balance 1 January 13.2 16.9 20.4 20.8 19.1 19.2 19.5 20.5Surplus / deficit 3.6 4.3 0.0 -1.7 0.1 0.3 1.0 1.1Other reserve movements 0.1 -0.9 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0Balance 31 December 16.9 20.4 20.8 19.1 19.2 19.5 20.5 21.6

16

Page 72: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

5. Resource Mobilisation Plan Table 15 details projected income by funding source for the Financial Plan 2017–2020.

The period 2012–2016 saw an increase in total income from CHF111m in 2012 to a projected level of CHF130m in 2016. Historically, IUCN’s main source of funding has been ODA through the provision of project and programme support from bilateral donors and multilateral agencies. Income from bilateral donors (governments) has formed the largest share, representing an average of 50% of total annual income over the past four years. This includes strong and consistent growth in project funding. Resources from multilateral institutions represented an average of 17% over the same period. Funding from foundations has remained stable, representing 8% of IUCN’s annual income in recent years. Sponsorship, licensing and programmatic support from private corporations has formed a small but consistent share of total income of around 3-4% of annual income. The migration crisis in Europe in 2015 resulted in significant shifts in development cooperation priorities and radical reallocation of ODA by many governments to assist migrants entering Europe. These funding shifts have already impacted IUCN framework income in 2016, and this trend will likely continue over the period of the 2017–2020 Workplan – both in terms of levels of funding from some existing Framework Partners, and the flexibility of this funding. It will be important for Council members to assist IUCN to work with its State Members to raise IUCN’s visibility and thus ensure a continued and stable funding base from these important partner countries. IUCN’s resource mobilisation strategy is focused on growing and diversifying the Union’s income base to reduce over-reliance on ODA from OECD governments. A strategy has been adopted to re-focus and enhance IUCN’s engagement with US-based foundations, a particularly important funding constituency in the run-up to the World Conservation Congress, and to reach out to US philanthropists with a passion for conservation. IUCN will also redouble efforts to strengthen its engagement with European-based foundations, using mechanisms such as the IUCN UK Charity. The IUCN Secretariat is making a concerted effort to ensure the strategic relevance of its projects to support the delivery of the 2017–2020 Programme. This includes forging explicit linkages between IUCN’s Programme Results and the delivery of the Sustainability Development Goals, to communicate the relevance of biodiversity conservation, equitable and effective governance of natural resources, and nature-based solutions to broader development challenges. Over this period, IUCN will also increase the average size of projects, or bundle small projects together in the form of coherent ‘programmes of work’, to reduce the transaction costs associated with small projects. This should enable IUCN to realise its ambition to move to a ‘wholesale model’ of Programme delivery with the support of Members and Commissions in accordance with the One Programme Charter. Accreditation by GEF in 2014, and recent accreditation by GCF, has accelerated the adoption of systems to better track and account for resources mobilised and granted by the Secretariat to IUCN Members. IUCN’s accreditation to both of these Funds will provide

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020Actual Actual Actual Actual Forecast Plan Plan Plan PlanCHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m % CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m %

Membership dues 12 13 12 13 13 51 11% 12 13 13 13 51 9%Governments 51 54 56 68 65 243 50% 62 62 62 62 248 43%Multilateral institutions 18 16 21 21 24 82 17% 31 33 44 51 159 28%Non-government organizations 8 8 5 8 7 28 6% 7 7 6 6 26 5%Foundations 9 9 9 10 10 38 8% 10 10 11 12 43 7%Private Sector (incl. personal giving) 5 5 5 3 4 17 4% 4 5 6 7 22 4%Other 9 9 6 7 7 29 6% 7 7 7 7 28 5%Total 111 114 114 130 130 488 100% 133 137 149 158 577 100%

Table 15: Total income by funding source (CHF million )2013-16

Total2017-20

Total

17

Page 73: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

significant benefits including resource mobilisation for the entire IUCN Membership and its network in over 160 countries around the world. Efforts will be made to secure International Organization status with the European Union by 2017, which could provide a similar boost to IUCN’s project- and programme-based income over the next four-year period. The 2017–2020 Financial Plan forecasts a small growth in annual income from CHF130m in 2016 to CHF158m in 2020. This growth is predicted to come primarily from multilateral agencies, including strategic partners such as the GEF, GCF, Regional Development Banks and the European Commission (EC). IUCN also projects a small increase in major gifts and funding from foundations. Resources from bilateral governments are expected to plateau due to competing demands for ODA. The following summarises the funding sources that IUCN will actively pursue to ensure the financial viability of its core Programme Areas. Programme Area 1: Valuing and conserving nature This Programme Area aims to document the rate of habitat loss and species extinction, assess the key drivers of biodiversity decline and catalyse powerful conservation action to protect nature. IUCN will continue to curate the data generated by a range of conservation partners to document where and how rapidly we are losing biodiversity. The synthesis of this powerful information into critical datasets – the most well-known of which are The IUCN Red List of Threatened SpeciesTM, Protected Planet, Key Biodiversity Areas, and the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool – will enable global policy making and IUCN’s Members and partners to better value and conserve nature. One of the top priorities for this Programme period is to move the IUCN-entrusted datasets onto stable, integrated and smarter platforms with customised interfaces that are as applicable and useful to non-specialists and policy makers as they are to the conservation community itself. The funding of this Programme Area has benefitted from a diversified funding stream. For example, funding for The IUCN Red List of Threatened SpeciesTM has been secured from foundations, international non-governmental organisations (including IUCN Members), governments and multilateral institutions such as the EU, with an additional small income stream from the private sector. Protected Planet has been supported mostly by governments, whilst IUCN’s Save Our Species (SOS) initiative, a partnership established jointly by the World Bank, the GEF and IUCN in 2011, has been funded both by multilateral organisations and private corporations. All of IUCN’s conservation work has received significant in-kind contribution from the IUCN Commissions. The financial target for 2017–2020 for ‘Valuing and conserving nature’ is CHF 212 million. To reach this goal, IUCN will proactively partner with foundations, multilateral institutions, private corporations and members to mobilise funds. IUCN will also activate its Patrons of Nature to solicit major gifts from philanthropists, aimed at making this critical conservation data more easily accessible to non-specialists and policy makers. It is expected that the majority of the investments required to generate and synthesise datasets on biodiversity will be sourced from foundations, non-government organisations (including Members), the private sector and philanthropists. Efforts to catalyse and support conservation action on the ground will be funded primarily from multilateral institutions – including the GEF and the EU – as well as the private sector. This underscores the importance of securing International Organization status with the EU.

18

Page 74: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

It is anticipated that IUCN’s work to help identify, support and engage partners to protect World Heritage sites of outstanding universal value will be funded by foundations (40%), bilateral governmental contributions (40%), and framework income and grants from philanthropists (20%). Programme Area 2: Promoting and supporting effective and equitable governance of natural resources This Programme Area emphasises the application of IUCN’s expertise in science, social science and law to solving problems of environmental governance. IUCN exercises its power to convene global experts to provide policy advice to law makers, politicians and conservationists worldwide. Programme Area 2 outlines three elements of environmental policy and governance with potential funding opportunities: (a) policy development; (b) capacity building, especially of IUCN Members; and (c) services and functions for environmental governance. The financial target for this Programme Area for 2017–2020 is CHF 86 million. Most policy and governance activities are embedded in programmes managed by the IUCN Nature-based Solutions Group and Biodiversity Conservation Group. However, IUCN also influences policy and action on nature conservation, climate change and sustainable development at global level. IUCN will therefore take a new targeted approach to enhance the funding base for this Programme Area. Funding is expected to come from a mix of bilateral and multilateral institutions (50%), framework funding (20%), non-governmental organisations (10%), private sector (5%), and (5%) from non-ODA governments. Programme Area 3: Deploying nature-based solutions to address societal challenges Although IUCN’s work to promote nature-based solutions to address societal challenges is funded by a wide range of investors, the main source of funding remains ODA from both bilateral donors and multilateral institutions. During 2017–2020, IUCN will further enhance and demonstrate the impact and cost-effectiveness of nature-based solutions as critical elements in support of the delivery of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The Paris Climate Change Agreement and the UN World Conference on Disaster Risks Reduction both recognised the role of nature and healthy ecosystems. Set against this background, the IUCN Programme 2017–2020 seeks to position IUCN as a key player to advance these important global frameworks that will shape the fate of the world for the next 15 years. Enhanced investment opportunities in climate mitigation and adaption, as well as environmentally sustainable economic growth, should enable IUCN to develop strategic partnerships with a range of bilateral and multilateral partners, including IUCN’s Framework Partners, and thereby increase the investment streams in large, targeted initiatives on the ground. IUCN will focus on developing global initiatives on forest landscape restoration, water and food security, climate change mitigation, ecosystem-based adaptation and disaster risk reduction, marine and coastal protection, and drylands, as well as working to transform business impacts on biodiversity. The financial target for this Programme Area for 2017–2020 is CHF 165 million. IUCN expects that more than two-thirds of the income for nature-based solutions will come from ODA – through bilateral and increasingly through multilateral channels such as the GEF and GCF.

19

Page 75: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Corporate services and Union development Corporate services will be funded through a mix of unrestricted income – from membership dues and framework contributions – plus standard management overhead levies on projects. Income will also be generated from IUCN’s accreditation with the GEF and GCF. IUCN will continue to mobilise funds to convene and strengthen its extensive network of State and NGO Members, and to harness world-class advice from Commission members, to influence policy and action on nature conservation and sustainable development. The financial target for corporate services for 2017–2020 is CHF 112 million. 6. Monitoring Performance against the Financial Plan will be measured annually using the Strategic Planning and Reporting Framework approved by Council at its meeting in April 2016. The framework will track amongst others:

• Programme outputs and impacts; • Performance against annual workplans and the annual budget; • Project portfolio growth and achievement of fund-raising targets; • Implementation of the One Programme Charter: assessment of percentage and value

of work delivered with and through Members and each component of the Union; and • Strategic and operational risks.

7. Financial Risks The main financial risks inherent in the Financial Plan are: 1. Non-payment of Membership dues It is unlikely that a significant number of Members will leave IUCN during the 2017–2020 period, though there is a risk of non-payment of Membership dues by existing Members and the possible withdrawal of States who may not see being a Member of IUCN as a priority. Contingency measures: An annual provision is currently included as part of the annual budget. This will be maintained. 2. Framework income targets are not met Although this Financial Plan projects a decrease in the level of framework funding, there is a risk that the decline could be higher than currently predicted. Framework contributions are for fixed periods, ranging from one to four years. The risk is greatest when agreements are due to expire and are in the process of being renegotiated. There is also a risk that some Framework Partners may decide to allocate funds along thematic and geographic lines, leading to a reduction in unrestricted funding. Contingency measures: Current framework agreements will be renegotiated well in advance of their expiry. Cost allocation and charging mechanisms will be improved so that programmes and projects bear the full cost of implementation. Opportunities will be explored with potential new partners, including the possibility of securing programmatically restricted framework funding.

20

Page 76: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

3. Restricted income targets are not met The Financial Plan is based on the Programme 2017–2020 and the funding of the achievement of the results laid out in the results framework. Success in raising restricted funds will depend on demonstrating to donors the ‘value added’ of the Programme and convincing them of IUCN’s ability to deliver the Programme Results. Contingency measures: A fundraising strategy with clear priorities will be developed. In the event that income declines, activities will be prioritised and expenditure reduced. Employment contracts will be matched with project durations and available funding where possible so that staffing levels can be reduced in line with reductions in Programme funding. 4. Project/Programme implementation targets are not met It is essential that projects and programmes are delivered on time, within budget and to a high standard. Failure to do so will result in a decline in donor confidence and a reduction in restricted funding. Contingency measures: A project appraisal system has been put in place to ensure project quality from the planning stage. Monitoring of project implementation will be improved through the roll-out of the programme and project management system currently under development. 5. Expenditure budgets are exceeded In order to adhere to the Financial Plan, tight control of expenditure is required. IUCN is a global organisation with an extensive infrastructure that carries out a wide range of activities, all of which carry risk. Contingency measures: Budgetary control will be exercised through timely financial reporting and proactive decision making. 6. Significant foreign exchange losses are incurred IUCN receives and spends money in multiple currencies. Foreign exchange risk is therefore an inherent operational risk. Contingency measures: A cash management and investment policy was implemented in 2011. This seeks to optimise the level of currencies held and reduce risk through the use of hedging instruments. Work has commenced to rationalise IUCN’s banking structure and provide a global reporting platform for bank balances and currencies. This will facilitate cash management, including currency management. 8. Additional assumptions Currency rates: The following exchange rates have been used for the translation of foreign currency amounts into CHF for the years 2016-2020: 1 EUR = 1.09 CHF 1 NOK = 0.12 CHF 1 SEK = 0.12 CHF Inflation: No adjustment has been made for potential inflation. The average rate of inflation in Switzerland in 2015 was -1.1% and the rate in February 2016 was -0.8% (Swiss Consumer Price Index).

21

Page 77: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 1: Planned expenditure by Global Result and Sub-Result

2017 2018 2019 2020 2017-20Programme Area Global Result Sub-result Plan Plan Plan Plan Total

CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m CHF m

Valuing and conserving nature

GR1The risk facing species and ecosystems is reduced

SR1.1

Credible and trusted knowledge for valuing and conserving biodiversity is available, utilised and effectively communicated

20 21 22 23 86

SR1.2

Effective implementation and enforcement of laws and policies for valuing and conserving biodiversity is accelerated

5 5 5 6 21

SR1.3Key drivers of biodiversity loss are addressed through application of conservation measures

25 26 27 27 105

Sub-total 50 52 54 56 212

Promoting and supporting effective and equitable governance of natural resources

GR2

Natural resources governance at all levels enables delivery of effective conservation and equitable social outcomes by integrating good governance principles and rights-based approaches

GR2.1

Credible and trusted knowledge from IUCN for assessing and improving natural resources governance at all levels is available

5 5 5 4 19

GR2.2

Governance at national and subnational levels related to nature and natural resources is strengthened through the application of the rights-based approach, and incorporation of good governance principles

12 13 14 16 55

GR2.3

Regional and global governance systems for conservation of nature and natural resources are established, supported and strengthened

3 3 3 3 12

Sub-total 20 21 22 23 86

Deploying nature-based solutions to address societal challenges including climate change, food security and economic and social development

GR3

Societies recognise and enhance the ability of healthy and restored ecosystems to make effective contributions to meeting societal challenges of climate change, food security and economic and social development.

GR3.1

Credible and trusted knowledge on how nature based solutions can directly contribute to addressing major societal challenges is available and used by decision-makers at all levels.

5 5 6 6 22

GR3.2

Inclusive governance and resourcing mechanisms to facilitate the effective deployment of nature based solutions are tested and adopted by decision-makers at all levels.

7 7 7 7 28

GR3.3

Intact, modified and degraded landscapes, seascapes and watersheds that deliver direct benefits for society are equitably protected, managed and/or restored.

23 25 31 36 115

Sub-total 35 37 44 49 165Total 105 110 120 128 463

22

Page 78: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 10 to Council decision C/88/11

1

IUCN Commission on Environmental, Economic and Social Policy (CEESP)

Draft Mandate – 2017-2020

(Approved by the IUCN Council, 88th Meeting, April 2016, for submission to the 2016 World Conservation Congress)

VISION A world where sustainability, social justice and equity are valued in nature conservation1 and in development.

MISSION

To contribute to the IUCN Mission by generating and disseminating knowledge, mobilizing influence, and promoting actions to harmonize the conservation of nature with the critical social, cultural, environmental, and economic justice concerns of human societies.2

STRATEGIC APPROACHES The Commission undertakes its Mission through engaging its Members’ policy and field-based research, expertise, and actions to:

A. Identify, analyse and learn from policies and practices at the interface between the conservation of nature and the socioeconomic justice, environmental, cultural, and spiritual concerns of human communities.

B. Promote a holistic approach to nature conservation and environmentally sustainable development across IUCN, recognizing complexities and promoting dialogue and collaborative learning based on respect for diverse values, knowledge, and experience.

C. Conduct innovative and open research in all appropriate communities and thus provide timely responses to current environmental, economic and social policy issues identified by IUCN Members, Secretariat, Council, and Commissions, by relevant international agreements, declarations, and processes, and by human societies.

D. Provide advice on the policies and practices of public, private and civil society institutions and organizations regarding the conservation of nature, the promotion of biocultural diversity and the sustainable and equitable use of nature and natural resources.

E. Contribute to the implementation of the IUCN Programme and enhance the capacity of IUCN by promoting the participation of diverse cultures and constituencies and the inclusion of different forms of knowledge, experience and skills.

1 Conservation is defined here as the management of human use of the biosphere so that it may yield the greatest sustainable benefit to present generations while maintaining its potential to meet the needs and aspirations of future generations. [IUCN et al., World Conservation Strategy, 1980 2 “Human societies” is specifically recognized to include indigenous peoples, local non-indigenous communities, and faith-based communities as well as concern for gender and intergenerational equality.

Page 79: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

2

F. Support the participation and empowerment of indigenous peoples, local communities, and intergenerational leaders in all levels of conservation and development policy and practice.

PROGRAMME PRIORITIES

The Commission will contribute to knowledge generation and the implementation of IUCN’s three Programme Areas through work focused on eight programme priorities. This work will be advanced through the strength CEESP brings to the Union, incorporating the diverse perspectives, expertise and experience of the CEESP membership.

Programme Area: Valuing and Conserving Nature enhances IUCN’s heartland work on biodiversity conservation, emphasizing both tangible and intangible values of nature.

1. Diverse Values of Nature: Promote critical reflection and enable continued learning and dialogue on diverse values and valuation of nature. This will include enhancing the capacity of communities and organisations to recognize the impact of diverse values of nature and their relationship to resource policies and legislation.

Programme Area: Promoting and Supporting Effective and Equitable Governance of Nature’s Use consolidates IUCN’s work on people-nature relations, rights and responsibilities, and the political economy of nature.

2. Effective and Equitable Governance: Provide leadership and expertise to improve and promote good natural-resource governance principles at diverse levels and by different actors by convening fora for co-learning and by developing knowledge on effective and equitable governance; further develop the ‘Natural Resources Governance Framework’ (NRGF) through a modular and regional approach.

3. Rights-based approaches to conservation: Advance the understanding and implementation of a rights-based conservation ethic in order to ensure respect for and promotion of human rights as they relate to nature conservation and environmentally sustainable development.

4. Sustainable and Equitable Peace, Climate Justice, and Human Security: Promote environmentally sound human security by networking and sharing knowledge and expertise within IUCN and with governments, civil society and scientific and indigenous knowledge holders to understand the challenges and risks posed by conflict and climate change; to develop governance systems that are geared toward building sustainable and equitable peace and climate justice.

5. Gender Equality in Conservation: Strengthen the understanding of and promote the full achievement of gender equality and women’s empowerment in all areas of conservation and sustainable development policy and practice.

Programme Area: Deploying Nature-based Solutions to Address Societal Challenges expands IUCN’s work on nature’s contribution to tackling problems of sustainable development, particularly in climate change, food security and social and economic development.

6. People in Nature: Promote learning to improve our understanding of how nature contributes to local livelihoods and well-being. It will focus on material use while recognizing that use is

Page 80: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

3

embedded within worldviews that include deep-seated cultural norms, values, and understandings. It will also consider symbolic interrelationships with nature expressed through cultural narratives, language, and traditions, including diverse understandings of sacred and divine aspects of nature and our relationship with natural resources. This work will contribute to valuing and conserving nature through understanding the value of nature to human societies.

7. Economic drivers of environmental degradation and biodiversity loss: Increase understanding of how economic drivers impact environmental policies in order to design and propose robust conservation strategies that dovetail with the objectives of social justice and the Sustainable Development Goals. CEESP will carry out critical analysis of the dynamics of these drivers in order to provide information and advice on the underlying forces within each category of drivers in order to advance alternative policies and solutions.

8. Culture, Equity and Heritage: Study and increase understanding of the relationships between culture, biocultural heritage and equitable governance in conservation, sustainable development, and environmental and cultural policy. Provide technical advice on evolving norms, policies and the implementation of the World Heritage Convention and other protection efforts as well as assessments of proposed natural heritage sites, mixed natural and cultural sites, or cultural landscapes with particular attention to the rights and livelihoods of Indigenous peoples.

STRUCTURE

The Commission is led by the Commission Chair elected by the IUCN Membership and a Deputy Chair appointed by the IUCN Council on the recommendation of the Chair. The Steering Committee of CEESP is appointed according to the IUCN Statutes and Regulations and assists the Chair and Deputy Chair in guiding and coordinating the activities of the Commission. How the Commission is organised to deliver results in the programme areas is at the discretion of the Chair, in consultation with the Deputy Chair and Steering Committee as appropriate.

The Chair also participates as a full voting member of the IUCN Council.

MEMBERSHIP The Commission has a diverse membership in terms of disciplines, cultures, languages, geographical regions, spiritual traditions, ages, and gender, bringing diverse perspectives, values, and experiences to bear in debating, analysing, and promoting the issues of concern to its Vision and Mission. Membership includes some of the world’s foremost conservation and sustainable development practitioners, natural and social scientists, and traditional indigenous community leaders. Experts from major conservation and development organizations and young professionals with proven capacities in sustainable development at the community, national, regional, and international levels also provide valuable contributions to the work of the Commission.

Membership is voluntary and by invitation or through application with the support of two existing Commission members. The broad scope of the Commission requires the extension and strengthening of capacity through increased membership, strategic partnerships, active fundraising, and network mobilization.

Page 81: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Congress document WCC-2016-8.2/2 1 June 2016

WORLD CONSERVATION CONGRESS 2016

1–10 September 2016, Hawai‘i, United States of America

Proposed amendment to the IUCN Statutes and the Rules of Procedure of the IUCN World Conservation Congress:

Including indigenous peoples’ organisations in the structure of the Union

Action Requested: The World Conservation Congress is invited to CONSIDER the proposed amendments to the IUCN Statutes and the Rules of Procedure of the World Conservation Congress with regard to the inclusion of indigenous peoples’ organisations in the structure of the Union submitted by the Council under, respectively, Article 105 and Article 29 of the IUCN Statutes.

DRAFT MOTION The IUCN World Conservation Congress, Adopts the following amendment to the IUCN Statutes: i) Amend Article 4 of the IUCN Statutes by adding a new provision 4 (e) and

renumbering all subsequent sections as follows: (existing text, if any, to be removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

4. The Members of IUCN shall be: […] (d) international non-governmental organisations; and Category C: (e) indigenous peoples’ organisations; and Category D: (f) affiliates.

ii) Amend Article 5 of the IUCN Statutes by adding a new provision 5 (f) and renumbering all subsequent sections as follows: (existing text, if any, to be removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics) 5. In these Statutes: […]

(e) international non-governmental organisations shall be institutions and associations organized in two or more States; and

(f) indigenous peoples’ organisations shall be institutions and associations

established by indigenous peoples for the advancement of indigenous communities; and

1

Page 82: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

(g) Affiliate Members shall be government agencies, national and international non-governmental organisations, which are not in Categories A, or B or C.

iii) Amend Article 7 of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be removed

in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics) 7. Government agencies, national and international non-governmental

organisations, indigenous peoples’ organisations and affiliates shall become Members of IUCN when the Council has determined that:

[…]

iv) Amend Article 10 of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics) 10. Any decision of the Council on admission of an applicant may be appealed by

ten Members eligible to vote acting within the period prescribed in the Regulations. The World Conservation Congress (hereinafter referred to as “the World Congress”), on such an appeal, shall have the right to reverse the Council’s decision by a two-thirds majority of votes cast by each Category of Member eligible to vote in Category A and by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast in Categories B and C combined.

v) Amend Article 12 (b) of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

12. […] (b) Members in Categories A, and B and C shall also have the right:

[…] vi) Amend Article 13 (c) and 13 (f) of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any,

to be removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

13. (c) Should any Member act persistently in a manner seriously inconsistent with the objectives of IUCN, the suspension or expulsion of that Member may be proposed to the Council:

[…] (ii) in the case of any other Member in Category A or in the case

of any Member in Category Categories B or C, by at least ten Members in the same Category both Categories B and C combined, including a minimum of five Members in the same Category as the Member proposed for suspension or exclusion; and

(iii) in the case of a Member in Category CD, by at least ten

Members eligible to vote. […]

2

Page 83: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

(f) If the Member concerned requests a vote: […]

(ii) the vote shall take place at the next session of the World Congress and the decision taken, in the case of a Member in Category A, or Category B or Category C, by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast in the relevant Category in Category A and by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast in Categories B and C combined; and in the case of a Member in Category CD, by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast of all the Members eligible to vote;

[…]

(iv) except as provided in (iii) above, only Members in the same Category A may vote on a proposal for suspension or expulsion of a Member in Category A or Category B, and only Members in Categories B and C may vote (combined) on a proposal for suspension or expulsion of a Member in Category B or C.

vii) Amend Article 19 of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be removed

in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

19. The World Congress shall consist of the duly accredited delegates of the Members of IUCN meeting in session. The delegates of the Members in Categories A, and B and C shall constitute, respectively, the governmental, and non-governmental and indigenous peoples’ organisation Categories of the World Congress.

viii) Amend Article 25 (a) of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics) 25. An extraordinary session of the World Congress shall be convened:

(a) if requested by at least one-fifth of the Members of either Category A or Category Categories B and C combined; or

[…] ix) Amend Article 30 of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be removed

in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

30. Only Members in Categories A, and B and C shall have the right to vote.

x) A new Article 30bis of the IUCN Statutes shall be added as follows: 30bis. Votes from Members in Category B and votes from Members in Category C

will be counted together to produce a combined voting result (combined vote).

xi) Amend Article 31 of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

3

Page 84: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

31. Unless provided otherwise in these Statutes, decisions of the World Congress shall be taken by a simple majority of votes cast in each Category A and in Categories B and C combined.

xii) Amend Article 35 of the IUCN Statutes by adding a new provision 35bis as follows:

(existing text, if any, to be removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

35bis. Indigenous peoples’ organisation Members shall each have one vote.

xiii) Amend Article 36 (a) of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

36. Any decision of the World Congress taken in circumstances where:

(a) fewer than half of the total votes in either Category A or Categories B and C combined were represented at that session of the World Congress, or

[…]

xiv) Amend Article 48 of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be removed

in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

48. In exceptional circumstances, the Council may by a two-thirds majority of votes cast, take measures that by Statute are prerogatives of the World Congress. In such cases, the Members of IUCN eligible to vote shall be notified promptly of these measures. If a majority of the Members eligible to vote in either Category A or in Categories B and C combined, responding not later than three months of the date of the notice, signifies its disapproval, the measures shall be rescinded.

xv) Amend Article 94 of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be removed

in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

94. All matters within the competence of the World Congress may be decided by mail ballot. Such a mail ballot shall take place at the request of the Council or at least one fifth of the total voting rights in either Category of Members eligible to vote in either Category A or in Categories B and C combined.

xvi) Amend Article 105 (b) of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

105. Amendments to these Statutes may be proposed to the World Congress: […] (b) by any five Members in Category A or fifty Members in Category

Categories B and C combined, provided that such proposals are received by the Secretariat not less than six months prior to the opening of an ordinary or extraordinary session of the World Congress.

xvii) Amend Article 107 of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

4

Page 85: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

107. Unless otherwise decided, amendments to the Statutes proposed in accordance with Articles 105 and 106, shall become effective at the close of the session of the World Congress at which they are adopted by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast in each of the Categories Category A and by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast in Categories B and C combined.

xviii) Amend Article 109 of the IUCN Statutes as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

109. The World Congress may only resolve on the dissolution of IUCN on the basis of a written motion to be sent to all the Members of IUCN at least four months prior to the date scheduled for the opening of the session of the World Congress at which it is to be considered. Adoption of such a motion shall require a majority of three-quarters of the votes cast by Members in each of the Categories Category A and of three-quarters of the votes cast by Members in Categories B and C combined.

Adopts the following amendment to the Rules of Procedure of the IUCN World Conservation Congress: i) Amend Rule 62septimo of the Rules of Procedure as follows: (existing text, if any, to

be removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

62septimo. Motions adopted by electronic ballot by both Member Categories Category A and by Member Categories B and C combined shall have the same validity as motions adopted during sittings of the Members’ Assembly. The Members’ Assembly will ‘record’ en bloc the adoption of motions through an electronic ballot prior to Congress but shall not, however, re-open the discussion or the vote on any of them. The motions whose adoption by electronic vote is so recorded by decision of the Members’ Assembly shall be effective as of the date of such decision.

ii) Amend Rule 64 of the Rules of Procedure as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

64. The voting cards given to delegates of Category A Members shall be white; those to Category B Members shall be green and those to Category C Members shall be blue. In the case of electronic voting, the electronic voting card shall be programmed so as to ensure that the votes of Category A Members are recorded separately; and, the votes of Category Categories B and C Members are recorded separately and combined for a combined voting result shall be recorded separately.

iii) Amend Rule 70 of the Rules of Procedure as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

70. A secret ballot may be held at the request of delegates from ten Members eligible to vote. In this case, when voting is carried out by delegates holding up voting cards, ballot papers bearing only the letters “A”, or “B” or “C”, shall be distributed by the Secretariat on presentation of the voting cards on the basis of one paper per card. The ballot paper shall provide for a “yes”, “no” or “abstain” vote. Ballot papers may be used only for one ballot. If a further ballot is taken, the ballot papers must be marked with an identifying number corresponding to the ballot for which they are valid. In the case of electronic

5

Page 86: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

voting, the Election Officer shall confirm that the system is programmed so as to guarantee the anonymity of all votes.

iv) Amend Rule 75 of the Rules of Procedure as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

75. Nominations by a Member in Category A, or B or C made before the World Congress shall be communicated by the Council to the Members.

v) Amend Rule 78 (b) of the Rules of Procedure as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

78. The elections of the President, the Treasurer and each of the Chairs of the Commissions shall be conducted separately and as follows:

[…] (b) where a vote is required and there is only one candidate for a post, if that

candidate does not receive a simple majority of votes cast by each Category of Members eligible to vote in Category A and in Categories B and C combined, the post shall be filled by the World Congress or, failing a decision by the closure of the session, by the new Council; and

[…] vi) Amend Rule 80 of the Rules of Procedure as follows: (existing text, if any, to be

removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

80. Where the number of candidates for Regional Councillors is the same or less than the number of vacancies in the Region for which they are nominated, each candidate shall be voted on individually. Should a candidate not receive a simple majority of votes cast by each Category of Members eligible to vote in Category A and in Categories B and C combined, the position of the Regional Councillor shall be filled by the new Council.

vii) Amend Rule 81 (f) and 81 (g) of the Rules of Procedure as follows: (existing text, if

any, to be removed in strike through; proposed new text in blue italics)

81. Where there is more than one candidate for the post of the President, Treasurer, Regional Councillor or Commission Chair:

[…]

(f) the number of votes cast for each candidate shall be totalled and the candidates ranked in order of the votes cast, this being done separately for Category A votes and for the votes of Category Categories B and C combined votes. The rankings so obtained for Category A shall then be added to those of Category Categories B and C combined to produce a combined ranking;

(g) in the event that the combined ranking is the same for two or more

candidates the rankings shall be recalculated as follows: the Category A votes for each candidate required to fill the posts involved shall be multiplied by a constant factor being the number of votes cast by Category Categories B and C combined votes cast divided by the

6

Page 87: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

number of Category A votes cast for all candidates in that balloting; these adjusted Category A vote totals shall then be added to the vote totals of Category Categories B and C combined vote totals and the candidates ranked in order of the combined vote so obtained;

EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM Background This proposal was mandated in Resolution 007 of the 2012 World Conservation Congress in which it called for the IUCN Council to establish an inter-sessional Council working group including IUCN Members which are indigenous and tribal peoples’ organisations (‘IPOs’), as well as technical staff appointed by the Director General. The aim of the group would be to establish options on how IPOs could be better represented within the structure of IUCN, and to consult with the IUCN membership well in advance of the Congress on such options with a view to preparing a recommendation for the next IUCN World Conservation Congress. The Working Group is composed of the following members:

Jenny Gruenberger, Chair, IUCN Councillor, Bolivia George Greene, IUCN Councillor, Canada Aroha Mead, CEESP Chair, New Zealand Miguel Pellerano, IUCN Councillor, Argentina Agnes Leina, IPACC Indigenous Peoples of Africa Coordinating Committee, Kenya Lola (Dolores) Cabnal, Asociación Ak'Tenamit, Guatemala Juanita Cabrera-Lopez, CEESP Commission, Guatemala John Cheechoo, ITK, Inuit Tapiriit Kanatami, Canada Juan Carlos Jintiach, Coordinadora de Organizaciones Indígenas de la Cuenca Amazónica, Ecuador Pitsey Moss-Davies, Inuit Issittormiut Siunnersuisoqatigiifiat, Canada Kristen Walker, Conservation International, USA Vital Bambanze, IPACC Indigenous Peoples of Africa Coordinating Committee, Burundi

The Working Group made the two following proposals which were examined and discussed at the 85th Council meeting in May 2015:

Option 1: Amend the IUCN Statutes to establish a new Category Indigenous and Tribal Peoples’ Organisations with the right to vote.

Option 2: Establish a sub-category within the existing Category B, known as “Indigenous and Tribal Peoples’ Organisations”.

It was decided that these options should be presented to the IUCN membership for discussion. The Working Group would subsequently present their findings to Council who would then make the decision on whether or not to prepare a recommendation for Congress being held in September 2016. In July 2015, a five month electronic Consultation for Members was launched on the Union Portal and discussions were also held at each of the Regional Conservation Forums. Following the feedback received, a third option was proposed by the Working Group: Option 3: a new category C for indigenous peoples’ organisations with votes to be counted together with Category B (the current Category C 'Affiliates' would be changed to Category D with no voting rights).

7

Page 88: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

In October 2015, an ad hoc drafting group (composed of the CEESP Chair and representatives from ITK, ICC and the Ontario Human Rights Commission - OHRC) drafted options for the definition of IPOs for the purposes of membership of IUCN. The IUCN Council, on the recommendation of the Working Group, proposes the following definition to the IUCN membership for the purpose of creation of a new membership Category C ‘indigenous peoples’ organisations’:

Indigenous peoples’ organisations shall be institutions and associations established by indigenous peoples for the advancement of indigenous communities.

Based on advice of the Working Group, the IUCN Council decided to recommend to the World Conservation Congress the following matters:

1. The precise definition of IPOs for the purposes of membership in IUCN as above; 2. A single proposal for creation of a new Member Category C indigenous peoples’

organisations to be recommended by the IUCN Council for decision by the World Conservation Congress;

3. All IPO members shall have one vote; 4. The membership admission criteria specified in Article 7 of the Statutes applying to

government agency and national and international non-governmental organisation Members shall also apply to the new Category IPO Members.

This draft motion has been formulated based on analysis of the feedback received from IUCN Members including through the Regional Conservation Forums, discussions of the Working Group and advice from the IUCN Secretariat. The IUCN Legal Adviser, Sandrine Friedli Cela has also advised on the proposal. Should these proposed amendments be adopted by the World Conservation Congress, the IUCN Council will be invited to approve in 2nd reading the consequential changes to the IUCN Regulations which Council approved in 1st reading during its 88th Meeting in April 2016.

8

Page 89: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 12 to Council decision C/88/12

1

Proposed amendments to the IUCN Regulations

Approved by the IUCN Council in first reading during its 88th Meeting, April 2016, decision C/88/12

Existing provisions of the Regulations Amendments (with track changes) proposed by Council

Proposed new text as amended (all track changes ‘accepted’)

Part III - Members

Part III - Members Insert a new subtitle and provision as follows: Indigenous Peoples’ Organisations Regulation 5bis Any national or international indigenous peoples’ organisation seeking admission as a Member shall, in addition to the requirements of the Statutes:

(i) be a not-for-profit entity which conforms with the law of the State where its seat is located;

(ii) have been in existence for at least three years;

(iii) be autonomous in administration and governance; and

(iv) have, as its primary constituency, indigenous peoples.

Part III - Members Indigenous Peoples’ Organisations Regulation 5bis Any national or international indigenous peoples’ organisation seeking admission as a Member shall, in addition to the requirements of the Statutes:

(i) be a not-for-profit entity which conforms with the law of the State where its seat is located;

(ii) have been in existence for at least three years;

(iii) be autonomous in administration and governance; and

(iv) have, as its primary constituency, indigenous peoples.

Admission Process Regulation 7 Government agencies, national and international non-governmental organisations and affiliates shall submit an application to the Director General using the application form provided by the Secretariat and stating the Category of membership sought. The

Admission Process Regulation 7 Government agencies, national and international non-governmental organisations, indigenous peoples’ organisations and affiliates shall submit an application to the Director General using the application form provided by the Secretariat and stating the Category of

Admission Process Regulation 7 Government agencies, national and international non-governmental organisations, indigenous peoples’ organisations and affiliates shall submit an application to the Director General using the application form provided by the Secretariat and stating the Category of

Page 90: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 12 to Council decision C/88/12

2

application shall be signed by the duly authorized head of the agency or organisation.

membership sought. The application shall be signed by the duly authorized head of the agency or organisation.

membership sought. The application shall be signed by the duly authorized head of the agency or organisation.

Membership Dues […] Regulation 23 Dues for Members in Categories B and C shall be established by the World Congress on the proposal of the Council.

Membership Dues […] Regulation 23 Dues for Members in Categories B, and C and D shall be established by the World Congress on the proposal of the Council.

Membership Dues […] Regulation 23 Dues for Members in Categories B, C and D shall be established by the World Congress on the proposal of the Council.

Elections: President, Treasurer and Chairs of the Commissions Regulation 30 At least four months prior to a meeting of the Council taking place not less than four months before the date set for the opening of an ordinary session of the World Congress, the Members in Categories A and B shall be invited by the Director General to submit to the Election Officer, proposals for persons to be nominated as President or Treasurer, or as a Chair of a Commission. Such invitation shall be accompanied by a list of the President, Treasurer and Chairs of Commissions in office who are eligible and willing to accept re-election. Proposals for persons to be nominated as President shall be made by Members eligible to vote representing at least 1% of the global membership of IUCN. Commission members shall be invited at the same time to make their proposals for the Chair of their Commission.

Elections: President, Treasurer and Chairs of the Commissions Regulation 30 At least four months prior to a meeting of the Council taking place not less than four months before the date set for the opening of an ordinary session of the World Congress, the Members in Categories A, and B and C shall be invited by the Director General to submit to the Election Officer, proposals for persons to be nominated as President or Treasurer, or as a Chair of a Commission. Such invitation shall be accompanied by a list of the President, Treasurer and Chairs of Commissions in office who are eligible and willing to accept re-election. Proposals for persons to be nominated as President shall be made by Members eligible to vote representing at least 1% of the global membership of IUCN. Commission members shall be invited at the same time to make their proposals for the Chair of their Commission.

Elections: President, Treasurer and Chairs of the Commissions Regulation 30 At least four months prior to a meeting of the Council taking place not less than four months before the date set for the opening of an ordinary session of the World Congress, the Members in Categories A, B and C shall be invited by the Director General to submit to the Election Officer, proposals for persons to be nominated as President or Treasurer, or as a Chair of a Commission. Such invitation shall be accompanied by a list of the President, Treasurer and Chairs of Commissions in office who are eligible and willing to accept re-election. Proposals for persons to be nominated as President shall be made by Members eligible to vote representing at least 1% of the global membership of IUCN. Commission members shall be invited at the same time to make their proposals for the Chair of their Commission.

Regulation 31

Regulation 31

Regulation 31

Page 91: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 12 to Council decision C/88/12

3

The Council shall establish criteria for the qualities required for the positions of President, Treasurer and Chairs of Commissions. These shall be made available to Members in Categories A and B, and, in the case of Chairs of Commissions, to the Steering Committees of the Commissions.

The Council shall establish criteria for the qualities required for the positions of President, Treasurer and Chairs of Commissions. These shall be made available to Members in Categories A, and B, and C, and, in the case of Chairs of Commissions, to the Steering Committees of the Commissions.

The Council shall establish criteria for the qualities required for the positions of President, Treasurer and Chairs of Commissions. These shall be made available to Members in Categories A, B and C, and, in the case of Chairs of Commissions, to the Steering Committees of the Commissions.

Regulation 32 Not more than two nominations for President and for Treasurer shall be made by the Council after considering the proposals made by Members in Categories A and B. Nominations for President may also be made directly by Members as provided for in the Statutes, provided that such nomination is received by the Director General not less than two months prior to the opening of the session of the World Congress.

Regulation 32 Not more than two nominations for President and for Treasurer shall be made by the Council after considering the proposals made by Members in Categories A, and B and C. Nominations for President may also be made directly by Members as provided for in the Statutes, provided that such nomination is received by the Director General not less than two months prior to the opening of the session of the World Congress.

Regulation 32 Not more than two nominations for President and for Treasurer shall be made by the Council after considering the proposals made by Members in Categories A, B and C. Nominations for President may also be made directly by Members as provided for in the Statutes, provided that such nomination is received by the Director General not less than two months prior to the opening of the session of the World Congress.

Regulation 34 Nominations for election to the office of Chair of each Commission shall be made to each ordinary session of the World Congress by the Council after considering proposals made by Members in Categories A and B, and by the members of that Commission. The nominations shall take into account the need to ensure that the holders of these offices are of the highest professional calibre and, as a whole, come from a diverse range of Regions.

Regulation 34 Nominations for election to the office of Chair of each Commission shall be made to each ordinary session of the World Congress by the Council after considering proposals made by Members in Categories A, and B and C, and by the members of that Commission. The nominations shall take into account the need to ensure that the holders of these offices are of the highest professional calibre and, as a whole, come from a diverse range of Regions.

Regulation 34 Nominations for election to the office of Chair of each Commission shall be made to each ordinary session of the World Congress by the Council after considering proposals made by Members in Categories A, B and C, and by the members of that Commission. The nominations shall take into account the need to ensure that the holders of these offices are of the highest professional calibre and, as a whole, come from a diverse range of Regions.

Page 92: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

1

Annex 13 to Council decision C/88/13

Members’ Assembly’s sole authority to amend the Regulations pertaining to the objectives, nature of the membership and membership criteria

(follow-up to decision 22 of the 2012 World Conservation Congress)

Existing provisions of the IUCN Statutes

Amendments (with track changes) New text of the IUCN Statutes as amended (all track changes ‘accepted’)

Article 101 of the IUCN Statutes The Regulations implementing these Statutes, adopted by the World Congress, may be amended by Council. The Regulations shall conform to these Statutes, and neither limit nor expand the rights of the Members to exercise control on any matter governed by these Statutes. Any proposed amendment shall be placed on the agenda of one of the periodic Council meetings and shall be adopted by a two- thirds majority of the votes cast at each of two successive periodic meetings of the Council.

Article 101 of the IUCN Statutes

(a) The Regulations implementing these Statutes, adopted by the World Congress, may be amended by Council following communication of proposed amendments to Members for comments or objections as provided for in Article 102.

(b) The Regulations shall conform to these Statutes, and neither limit nor expand the rights of the Members to exercise control on any matter governed by these Statutes. No amendment to the Regulations shall modify the character and the objectives of IUCN (Articles 1, 2 and 3 of the Statutes), the nature and categories of the membership (Articles 4 and 5 of the Statutes), admission criteria for Members (Articles 6 and 7 of the Statutes) and related Members’ rights.

(c) Any proposed amendment shall be placed on the agenda of one of the periodic Council meetings and shall be adopted by a two- thirds majority of the votes cast at each of two successive periodic meetings of the Council.

Article 101 of the IUCN Statutes

(a) The Regulations implementing these Statutes, adopted by the World Congress, may be amended by Council following communication of proposed amendments to Members for comments or objections as provided for in Article 102.

(b) The Regulations shall conform to these Statutes, and neither limit nor expand the rights of the Members to exercise control on any matter governed by these Statutes. No amendment to the Regulations shall modify the character and the objectives of IUCN (Articles 1, 2 and 3 of the Statutes), the nature and categories of the membership (Articles 4 and 5 of the Statutes), admission criteria for Members (Articles 6 and 7 of the Statutes) and related Members’ rights.

(c) Any proposed amendment shall be placed on the agenda of one of the periodic Council meetings and shall be adopted by a two- thirds majority of the votes cast at each of two successive periodic meetings of the Council.

Page 93: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

2

Annex 13 to Council decision C/88/13

Article 102 of the IUCN Statutes Any amendment to the Regulations shall be communicated to the Members as soon as possible after it is adopted.

Article 102 of the IUCN Statutes

(a) Any proposed amendment to the Regulations shall be communicated to the Members as soon as possible after it is adopted within 6 weeks after its adoption at the first of the two consecutive periodic meetings of the Council.

(b) The communication to Members shall contain the complete text of the proposed amendment(s) together with a full explanation of the reasons which led Council to propose the amendment(s) as well as any clarification of its content.

(c) Members shall be given two months to submit comments or objections, following which the Council at the second of two consecutive meetings may adopt, modify or withdraw the proposed amendment(s) in light of the comments or objections received.

Article 102 of the IUCN Statutes

(a) Any proposed amendment to the Regulations shall be communicated to the Members within 6 weeks after its adoption at the first of the two consecutive periodic meetings of the Council.

(b) The communication to Members shall contain the complete text of the proposed amendment(s) together with a full explanation of the reasons which led Council to propose the amendment(s) as well as any clarification of its content.

(c) Members shall be given two months to submit comments or objections, following which the Council at the second of two consecutive meetings may adopt, modify or withdraw the proposed amendment(s) in light of the comments or objections received.

Article 103 of the IUCN Statutes The World Congress shall review, at the request of a minimum of forty Members eligible to vote, an amendment to the Regulations adopted by the Council, provided that the request is made no later than six months of the Council’s communication of the amendment. Pending such review, the effectiveness of the amendment shall be suspended.

Article 103 of the IUCN Statutes

The World Congress shall review, at the request of a minimum of forty Members eligible to vote, an amendment to the Regulations adopted by the Council at the second of the two successive periodic meetings, provided that the request is made no later than six three months of the Council’s communication of the adoption of the amendment. Pending such review, the effectiveness of the amendment shall be suspended.

Article 103 of the IUCN Statutes

The World Congress shall review, at the request of a minimum of forty Members eligible to vote, an amendment to the Regulations adopted by the Council at the second of the two successive periodic meetings, provided that the request is made no later than three months of the Council’s communication of the adoption of the amendment. Pending such review, the effectiveness of the amendment shall be suspended.

Page 94: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document GCC7/1.1/1 as revised by the GCC on 11 April 2016

IUCN WORLD CONSERVATION CONGRESS 2016 (WCC 2016) 1–10 September 2016, Hawai’i, United States

Proposed amendments to the Rules of Procedure of the IUCN World Conservation Congress:

Election of the IUCN President

Origin: IUCN Council

Action Requested: The World Conservation Congress is invited to CONSIDER the amendments to the Rules of Procedure of the IUCN World Conservation Congress proposed by the IUCN Council under Article 29 of the IUCN Statutes and, if adopted, to decide that they become effective after of the closure of the 2016 World Conservation Congress.

MOTION

The IUCN World Conservation Congress,

Adopts the following amendments to the Rules of Procedure of the IUCN World Conservation Congress:

i) Amend Rule 81 by inserting a new paragraph (i) as follows and renumber all subsequentparagraphs accordingly: (existing text, if any, to be removed in strike through; proposednew text in blue italics)

[…]

(h) the highest ranked candidate or candidates shall be elected, except for theelection of the President to which paragraph (i) of the present Rule shall apply; and

(i) in order to be elected for the post of President, the candidate must obtain the absolute majority of the votes (more than 50% of the votes) in both Member Categories in the first round. If none of the candidates has received the absolute majority of the votes in both Member Categories in the first round, a second round of voting is held between the two candidates who obtained the highest combined rankings in the first round in accordance with Rule 81 (f).

In the second round of voting, the candidate obtaining the highest combined ranking shall be elected. In the event that the combined ranking is the same for both candidates in the second round, Rule 81 (g) shall apply and the candidate with the highest number of combined votes shall be elected; and

[…]

EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM

Present situation

At present, the Rules of Procedure of the World Conservation Congress define the procedure for the election of the President as follows:

Page 95: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

2

a. if the there is only one candidate, the President is elected by a simple majority of the votes cast in each Member Category [Rule 78 (a) and (b)];

b. if there is more than one candidate, the candidates shall be ranked in order of the votes cast for each candidate, this being done separately for Category A and Category B votes. The rankings so obtained for Category A shall then be added to those of Category B to produce a combined ranking. The highest ranked candidate shall be elected. [Rules 78 (c) and 81 (f) and (h)].

c. In case of a tie between two or more candidates, the method defined in Rule 81(g)1 applies. The voting results in Category A are adjusted in order for them to carry the same “weight” as those of Category B which has more Members than Category A. The candidate with the highest number of combined votes will be elected.

This has sometimes led to a situation in which the President of IUCN is elected by less than half of the voting Members at Congress. Proposal By proposing a modification of the election procedure for President through an amendment to the Rules, the IUCN Council would like to ensure that, given the importance of the position, the IUCN President receives the highest possible support in both membership Categories. As it is not acceptable to modify the Rules during the 2016 election process which started with the Call for nominations issued on 6 November 2015, the IUCN Council recommends that the new procedure, if adopted, be applied during the elections for President at the next World Conservation Congress in 2020. The Council’s proposal is as follows:

a. If there is more than one candidate for President, a candidate must obtain the absolute majority of the votes (more than 50% of the votes, which means that 50% of the votes plus one is sufficient) in both Member Categories in the first round in order to be elected;

b. If none of the candidates has received the absolute majority of the votes in both Member Categories in the first round, a second round of voting is held between the two candidates who obtained the highest combined rankings in the first round;

c. In the second round of voting, the candidate obtaining the highest combined ranking shall be elected as in current Rule 81 (f) and (h).

d. In the event of a tie in the second round, i.e. that the combined ranking is the same for both candidates, the existing method as defined in current Rule 81 (g) shall apply. The candidate with the highest number of combined votes shall be elected as in current Rule 81 (h).

During 2015, the Council has consulted the membership of IUCN online and during all Regional Conservation Forums on the basis of the proposal presented in this document. The Council found broad support for this proposal. The feedback received did not require the Council to modify its proposal.

1 Rule 81 g): “in the event that the combined ranking is the same for two or more candidates the rankings shall be recalculated as follows: the Category A votes for each candidate required to fill the posts involved shall be multiplied by a constant factor being the number of Category B votes cast divided by the number of Category A votes cast for all candidates in that balloting; these adjusted Category A vote totals shall then be added to the Category B vote totals and the candidates ranked in order of the combined vote so obtained;”

Page 96: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Congress document WCC-2016-1.2/1 1 June 2016

WORLD CONSERVATION CONGRESS 2016

1–10 September 2016, Hawai‘i, United States of America

Draft Agenda of the 2016 IUCN World Conservation Congress

Action Requested: The IUCN World Conservation Congress is invited to CONSIDER and APPROVE the Draft Agenda of the 2016 IUCN World Conservation Congress proposed by the IUCN Council in conformity with Rule 45. (Annex 1 hereafter). DRAFT MOTION The 2016 IUCN World Conservation Congress, On the proposal of the IUCN Council, Approves the Agenda of the 2016 IUCN World Conservation Congress. EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM A Provisional Agenda of the 2016 IUCN World Conservation Congress was distributed to all IUCN Members on 14 December 2015 as required by Article 23 of the IUCN Statutes, together with the Director General’s invitation to Congress. The Director General’s communication invited IUCN Members to post their comments and suggestions for the Congress Draft Agenda in the Union Portal. On the recommendation of the Congress Preparatory Committee, the IUCN Council approved the Draft Agenda of the 2016 IUCN World Conservation Congress during its 88th meeting in April 2016. The purpose of the present Explanatory Memorandum is to explain how some of the key agenda items will be dealt with during the Members’ Assembly as different from previous sessions of the Congress. 1. Discussion of issues of strategic importance for the Union During the 2012 Congress and through the external evaluation of the 2012 Congress the IUCN membership voiced the wish that the next Members’ Assembly reserve ample time for in-depth discussion of issues of strategic importance for the Union, of the Draft IUCN Programme for the next term and of a small number of motions that warrant debate at the global level during the Congress. In addition to the time reserved for the discussion of the IUCN Programme and motions (see hereafter sections 3 and 4), approximately 6 hours out of a total of 29 hours of available meeting time of the Members’ Assembly are proposed for the discussion of “How IUCN should address the following three challenges”: (approximately 2 hours per topic)

a. The challenge of conserving nature in the face of industrial agriculture. As the intensification and industrialisation of agriculture displace lightly or traditionally

Page 97: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

farmed areas, natural ecosystems and biodiversity are lost, as are human connections to the land. Release of GMOs and synthetic species disrupt ecological communities and evolutionary processes. Ongoing use of pesticides and herbicides and ongoing use of fertilisers and sediment loads leads to nitrification of waterways and coastal ecosystems. Keynote presentation(s) followed by interactive discussion with IUCN Members.

b. The challenge of preserving the health of the world’s oceans and the global

communities that depend on them, in the face of overexploitation and climate change. The integrity of coral reefs is threatened by rising temperature and ocean acidification. Destructive and unsustainable fishing practices impact fish populations, their habitats and spawning grounds. Pollution and plastic debris poison and destroy life. Rising sea levels flood coastal communities, and damaging storms affect livelihoods. Panel discussion with interaction from the IUCN Members.

c. The challenge of building constituencies for nature. Everyone needs to become

aware of, experience and connect with nature. Children often have little opportunity to engage directly with nature. The traditions of indigenous peoples and their lessons and knowledge of human-nature relations are forgotten or ignored. People living in cities can be remote from the natural world. Young adults of the technology age can feel that nature is irrelevant. The concepts of Green Economy, Green Growth remain outside mainstream development. Future leaders and professionals are not engaging with the conservation challenge. Case studies with testimonies from IUCN Members.

In line with the Congress Theme and Objectives, the overall purpose of the discussion of these topics is to inspire and engage all constituent parts of IUCN in view of shaping our collective agenda. While these discussions may be informed by motions already approved through the electronic vote on motions prior to the Congress, or motions to be discussed and voted upon during the Congress, they may provide input to the draft IUCN Programme 2017–2020 and the Hawai‘i Commitments. That is one of the reasons why the three challenges are tabled for discussion prior to the consideration of the draft IUCN Programme and the Hawai’i Commitments. In order to allow for an inspiring and engaging discussion by the IUCN membership of these issues, a variety of formats and facilitation methods will be chosen for the different topics. 2. The presentation of election candidates and elections Considering it an essential element of the governance renewal process, as in 2012, the Council wishes to offer an opportunity to all election candidates to address the Members’ Assembly. Candidates may, of course, be given other opportunities such as the Regional Members’ Meetings scheduled for the evening of 5 September. In order not to overburden the Members’ Assembly, candidate presentations and elections will be spread over two days:

1. During the 5th Sitting on 7 September 2016: candidate presentations and electronic election of 28 Regional Councillors

2. During the 7th Sitting on 9 September 2016: candidate presentations and electronic election of the President, Treasurer and six Commission Chairs

All election results will be announced together after all elections will have been held, but before the end of the 7th Sitting on 9 September 2016.

2

Page 98: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

To keep the time required for presentations in balance with the time required for discussion of the IUCN Programme, motions and issues of strategic importance, it is proposed:

a) to reduce the speaking time to: • 5’ for the candidate(s) for President; • 3’ for the candidates for Treasurer and Commission Chairs; • 2’ for the Regional Councillor candidates; and

b) to extend the 7th sitting by one hour, i.e. until 20:00.

Instead of individual candidate presentations, the Secretariat will explore the possibility of holding a series of moderated panel discussions during which the candidate Commission Chairs and Regional Councillors would be given at the least the amount of speaking time indicated in the previous paragraph. 3. Discussion of and vote on the draft IUCN Programme and Financial Plan 2017–

2020 It is proposed to present the draft IUCN Programme and the Financial Plan 2017–2020 during the 2nd Sitting, before the topics of strategic importance for the Union are debated. Once the Programme is presented, the Programme Committee of the Congress will be asked to convene meetings open to all participants of the Members’ Assembly (enlarged contact groups) and present its recommendations to the 6th Sitting at which the draft Programme is tabled for discussion, enabling the Members’ Assembly and its Programme Committee to take into account the input from the discussions on topics of strategic importance. Should it be ready for approval, the Programme could be adopted during the 6th Sitting. If not, the Programme Committee could be asked to bring it back for approval with modifications as appropriate, during the 8th Sitting. A similar process can be applied to the Draft Financial Plan 2017–2020, with the assistance of the Finance and Audit Committee of the Congress. 4. Discussion of and vote on the motions 4.1 The Motions Working Group, acting under Rule 45bis (c) i), has referred the following six motions to the Members’ Assembly for discussion and vote because of their strategic importance for IUCN:

1. 026 - Protected areas and other areas important for biodiversity in relation to environmentally damaging activities (based on a Council motion)

2. 049 - Advancing conservation of biological diversity in areas beyond national jurisdiction

3. 063 - Natural Capital (Council motion) 4. 064 - IUCN Policy on Biodiversity Offsets (Council motion) 5. 065 - Improving standards in ecotourism (contains an element linked to certification

and therefore a key question is whether IUCN should act as a certification mechanism)

6. 066 - Mitigating the impacts of oil palm expansion on biodiversity It is proposed here that these motions be referred to relevant Congress Committees in order to convene and facilitate at least one meeting open to all participants of the Members’ Assembly (enlarged contact groups) and present to the Members’ Assembly a summary of these meetings together with the motion, with or without amendments, for adoption during

3

Page 99: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

the 6th and 7th Sittings. The Resolutions Committee will inform the Members’ Assembly of the process and the timetable of these meetings during the 1st Sitting as part of its first report. 4.2 Also the motions referred to the Members’ Assembly following the electronic discussion prior to Congress will follow the same process and be referred to relevant Congress Committees. [Rule 45bis (c) ii)] 4.3 In the same sense, the Governance Committee of the Congress will be charged to facilitate the enlarged contact groups on the motions regarding IUCN governance including motions to amend the IUCN Statutes or Rules of Procedure, and bring the results thereof to the plenary during the 8th Sitting. This will include:

i. motion to amend the Statutes, proposed by five Members in Category A, enabling local and regional governmental authorities to apply for IUCN Membership in Category A;

ii. motions submitted by the IUCN Council on: a. membership of indigenous peoples’ organisations; b. election of the IUCN President (introduction of a majority requirement and a

2nd round – to apply from 2020 onwards); c. sole authority of the Members’ Assembly on membership-related matters; d. including in the Statutes Council’s role with regard to the development of the

IUCN Programme and list the Governance and Constituency Committee as one of the three standing committees of the Council; and

e. amendment of Article 6 regarding the dues of State Members.

4

Page 100: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Draft Agenda Overview of the 2016 IUCN World Conservation Congress (DRAFT 1 June 2016) 1 to 10 September 2016, Hawai‘i, United States of America

Wed

31 Thu 1 Fri 2nd Sat 3rd Sun 4th Mon 5th Tue 6th Wed 7th Thu 8th Fri 9th Sat 10th

Mor

ning

Com

mis

sion

Ste

erin

g C

omm

ittee

mee

tings

14

:00-

18:0

0 : M

eetin

g of

the

IUC

N C

ounc

il

Nat

iona

l and

Reg

iona

l Com

mitt

ee m

eetin

g C

omm

issi

on S

teer

ing

Com

mitt

ee m

eetin

gs

8:30-10:30

Forum Opening

8:30-19:00

Forum events

8:30-19:00

Forum events

8:30-19:00

Forum events

8:30-13:00 1st Sitting:

Congress Agenda and establishment of

Congress Cttees Reports of the Council

and Director General First report of the

Resolutions Committee Information by the

Election Officer about the election process

8:30-13:00 4th Sitting:

Discussion of issues of strategic importance

for IUCN: 3. Building constituencies

for nature

Reports of the IUCN Commissions and Draft Commission mandates 2017-20 (to be continued

in the afternoon)

Excu

rsio

ns

8:30-13:00 6th Sitting:

Discussion and approval of the Draft IUCN Programme

2017-20

Discussion and vote on motions

8:30-13:00 8th Sitting:

Approval of the Financial Plan 2017-20

Approval of motions on IUCN governance incl.

amendments to Statutes

Membership issues incl. report of the

Credentials Committee

Hawai‘i commitments

11:00-19:00

Forum events

14:00-15:00

Closing

Afte

rnoo

n

14:30-18:30 2nd Sitting:

Presentation of the Draft IUCN Programme and Financial Plan 2017-20 Discussion of issues of

strategic importance for IUCN:

1. Conserving nature in the face of industrial agriculture

2. Preserving the health of the world’s oceans

Pledges

14:30-19:00 5th Sitting:

Presentation of candidates and

election of 28 Regional Councillors

Commission Reports / Mandates (continued)

Pledges

14:30-20:00 7th Sitting:

Presentation of candidates and

election of President, Treasurer and 6

Commission Chairs Financial matters

Discussion and vote on motions

Announcement of election results

Pledges

16:30-19:00

Meeting of the IUCN Council

17:00-18:40

Opening of the WCC

Even

ing

18:45-20:15

Welcome reception

Social events

Social events

Social events

19:30-21:30 Regional Members meetings

19:00-21:00 3rd Sitting

Medals and Awards

1

Page 101: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Congress document WCC-2016-1.2/1-Annex 1 1 June 2016

IUCN - International Union for Conservation of Nature IUCN World Conservation Congress 2016

1 to 10 September 2016, Hawai‘i, United States of America

Draft Agenda of the World Conservation Congress (Draft 1 June 2016)

Preliminary meetings

31 August 2016 All day Commission Steering Committee meetings 14:00- Meeting of the IUCN Council 18:00

Day 1 – 1 September 2016

08:30– 15:00

Meeting of all recognized IUCN National and Regional Committees 1

Commission Steering Committee meetings

17:00 – 18:40

18:45- 20:15

Opening Ceremony of the World Conservation Congress Reception

Forum

1 A global meeting of the National and Regional Committees will be held on 1 September 2016 as requested by Resolution WCC-2012-Res-005. A report on the outcomes of the meeting of the National and Regional Committees may be presented during the Members’ Assembly, possibly during the 5th Sitting following the presentation of the reports of the IUCN Commissions. According to Article 20 of the IUCN Statutes, the Congress shall receive and consider, among others, the reports of recognized Regional Committees and Fora. As was the case for the 2012 Congress, this reporting obligation will be fulfilled by offering all National and Regional Committees space on the IUCN Congress website to publish their reports.

2

Page 102: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Day 2 – 2 September 2016

Day 3 – 3 September 2016

Day 4 – 4 September 2016

Day 5 – 5 September 2016 19:30 Regional Members meetings 21:30

Members’ Assembly

Day 6 – 6 September 2016

08:30– 13:00

1st Sitting of the Members’ Assembly 1.1 Appointment and first report of the Congress Credentials Committee

1.2 Adoption of the Agenda

1.3 Appointment of the Resolutions, Finance and Audit, Governance, and Programme Committees of the Congress

1.4 Report of the Director General

1.5 Report of the Council

1.6 First Report of the Resolutions Committee 2 and Recording en bloc the adoption of motions through the electronic ballot prior to Congress

1.7 Elections: Information by the Election Officer about the election procedures

2 The Resolutions Committee will first present, for recording en bloc, the adoption of motions by electronic vote prior to Congress without re-opening the discussion or vote on any of them as required by Rule 62septimo. Further, the Resolutions Committee will present the process for the discussion and decision on 1) motions referred by the Motions Working Group for discussion and vote during the Members’ Assembly in conformity with Rule 45bis (c); 2) motions on IUCN governance including motions to amend the Statutes and Rules of Procedure submitted by IUCN Members or by Council, as required by Rule 45bis (d). Congress Committee meetings and Contact Groups on these motions will be established as required, and scheduled from 13:00–14:30 or 19:00-21:00 on 6, 7 and 9 September 2016.

3

Page 103: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

14:30 – 18:30

2nd Sitting of the Members’ Assembly 2.1 Presentation of the Draft IUCN Programme and Financial Plan 2017–203

2.2 Discussion of issues of strategic importance for the Union:

2.2.1 How should IUCN address the challenge of conserving nature in the face of industrial agriculture

2.2.2 How should IUCN address the challenge of preserving the health of the world’s oceans

2.2 Presentation of Pledges related to IUCN Programme Area I: “Valuing and Conserving Nature”

19:00 – 21:00

3rd Sitting - Awards Ceremony 4

Day 7 – 7 September 2016

08:30– 13:00

4th Sitting of the Members’ Assembly 4.1 Discussion of issues of strategic importance for the Union (continued):

4.1.1 How should IUCN address the challenge of building constituencies for nature

4.2 Reports of the IUCN Commissions (if required, to be continued during the 5th sitting)

4.3 Adoption of the mandates of the IUCN Commissions 2017–20 (if required, to be continued during the 5th sitting)

14:30 – 19:00

5th Sitting of the Members’ Assembly 5.1 Presentation of candidates for Regional Councillor positions followed by

electronic election of twenty-eight Regional Councillors 5

5.2 (As required: continuation of Agenda Item 4.2 and/or 4.3) Reports of the IUCN Commissions and/or the Adoption of the Mandates of the IUCN Commissions 2017-20

3 The Draft IUCN Programme and Financial Plan will be presented in order to provide the Membership with an overview before the discussions on issues of strategic importance. The discussion of the draft IUCN Programme and Financial Plan may then begin with open-ended meetings of the Programme Committee or the Finance and Audit Committee of the Congress before they report back to, respectively, the 6th Sitting at which the draft IUCN Programme will be discussed and adopted in plenary, or the 8th Sitting during which the Financial Plan will be discussed and adopted in plenary. This will enable the Members’ Assembly to take into account issues that might have been raised during the discussion on the topics of strategic importance that may affect the IUCN Programme and/or the Financial Plan.

4 Presentation of the laureate(s) of the John C. Phillips Memorial Medal and the Harold Jefferson Coolidge Memorial Medal, and approval of the laureate(s) for Honorary Membership of IUCN. IUCN Commissions will present: the Peter Scott Medal and George Rabb Award for Conservation Innovation (SSC); the Kenton Miller Award for Innovation in Protected Areas Management (WCPA); the CEM Luc Hoffmann Award and the CEM Young Professional Award (CEM); CEC Award for Spanish-language environmental education materials on climate change; International Brandwein Medal for lifelong commitment to conservation education; CEC Chair’s Award for lifelong commitment to CEC; CEC’s Young Professional Award.

5 The election results will be announced together with the results of the elections for President, Treasurer and Commission Chair, before the end of the 7th Sitting on 9 September 2016 (See Agenda Item 7.7).

4

Page 104: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

5.3 Presentation of Pledges linked to IUCN Programme Area II: “Effective and Equitable Governance of Nature’s Use”

Day 8 – 8 September 2016

ALL DAY DELEGATE EXCURSION DAY

Day 9 – 9 September 2016

08:30– 13:00

6th Sitting of the Members’ Assembly 6.1 Discussion of the Draft IUCN Programme 2017-20, Report of the Congress

Programme Committee, followed by the adoption of the IUCN Programme 2017- 20

6.2 Discussion and vote on motions

14:30– 20:00

7th Sitting of the Members’ Assembly

7.1 Presentation of candidates for positions of Commission Chairs, Treasurer and President followed by electronic election of the IUCN President, Treasurer, six Commission Chairs 6

7.2 Report by the Director General and the Treasurer on the finances of IUCN in the period 2012–16

7.3 Report of the Congress Finance and Audit Committee on and Congress approval of the Audited Financial Statements for the years 2012-15

7.4 Appointment of the external auditors

7.5 Discussion and vote on motions (continued)

7.6 Presentation of Pledges linked to IUCN Programme Area III: “Deploying Nature based solutions to address societal challenges”

7.7 Report from the Election Officer on the results of all elections

Day 10 – 10 September 2016

08:30– 13:00

8th Sitting of the Members’ Assembly 8.1 Discussion of the Draft IUCN Financial Plan 2017–2020, Report of the Congress

Finance and Audit Committee, followed by the adoption of the IUCN Financial Plan 2017–2020

8.2 Report of the Congress Governance Committee and vote on motions on IUCN governance incl. amendments to the Statutes

8.3 Report of the Credentials Committee and approval of the membership dues 2017-20 and of the list of Members in arrears with payment of dues and whose rights are rescinded

6 The election results will be announced together with the results of the elections for Regional Councillors, before the end of the 7th Sitting on 9 September 2016 (See Agenda Item 7.7).

5

Page 105: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

14:00– 15:00

Closing Ceremony, including Recognition of outgoing members of the IUCN Council 2012-16

Message from the President Elect

Closure of the World Conservation Congress by the outgoing President

16:30-19:00 Meeting of the newly elected IUCN Council

6

Page 106: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 16 to Council decision C/88/17

1

Commission Financial Rules Approved by the IUCN Council, 88th Meeting, 13 April 2016

Contents 1. Purpose ......................................................................................................................................... 2 2. Scope .............................................................................................................................................. 2 3. Commission Operating Funds ................................................................................................... 2

a. Purpose ....................................................................................................................................... 2

b. Eligible use .................................................................................................................................. 2

c. Accountability ............................................................................................................................. 2

d. Budget ......................................................................................................................................... 3

e. Expenditure processes ............................................................................................................... 3

f. Contracting ................................................................................................................................. 3

g. Requirement to comply with IUCN procedures ........................................................................ 4

h. Supporting documentation ........................................................................................................ 4

i. Accounting and reporting .......................................................................................................... 4

j. Audit and oversight .................................................................................................................... 4

4. Project income and expenditure received / incurred by the Secretariat for Commission activities ........................................................................................................................ 5

a. Purpose ....................................................................................................................................... 5

b. Eligible use .................................................................................................................................. 5

c. Accountability ............................................................................................................................. 5

d. Budget ......................................................................................................................................... 5

e. Approval of expenditure ............................................................................................................ 5

f. Requirement to comply with IUCN procedures, e.g. procurement, travel, DoA ..................... 5

g. Supporting documentation ........................................................................................................ 6

h. Accounting and reporting .......................................................................................................... 6

Page 107: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 16 to Council decision C/88/17

2

Commission Financial Rules

1. Purpose The purpose of these financial rules is to provide guidance to Commissions on the management of income raised and expenditure incurred for Commission activities. This includes both income and expenditure passing through the IUCN Secretariat and recorded in its books and that received/incurred by other entities on behalf of Commissions.

2. Scope These financial rules cover:

1. The use of Commission Operating Funds 2. Project income and expenditure received / incurred by the Secretariat for Commission activities

Guidance on income and expenditure received / incurred through other entities will be added and included in a future release of these financial rules.

3. Commission Operating Funds

a. Purpose Commissions Operating Funds (COF) provides support for Commission networks to function effectively. The COF is intended primarily to support Commission governance and management.

b. Eligible use The COF is intended for the following purposes1:

• Commission Steering Committee meetings (travel and accommodation of Steering Committee members; meeting venue and related costs)

• Support to Chair including: o Local staff support (non IUCN), if necessary o Office support (office rent, fax, phone, email, photocopying, etc.) o Travel to Commission meetings o Travel to key policy meetings (e.g. COPS of CBD, CITES) o Travel to IUCN and other meetings relevant to the work of the Commission

• Travel support to the Deputy Chair, Other Steering Committee members, or other Commission members appointed by the Commission chair when representing the Commission at IUCN governance meetings, IUCN management meetings or key external meetings.

• Meeting and administration costs to support subsidiary Commission structures • Costs of internal Commission communications such as newsletters, website development and

maintenance • Cost of participation in IUCN external reviews and evaluations

c. Accountability

1 Taken from Council decision made at the 58th meeting of Council, June 2003 (see appendix) with minor edits.

Page 108: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 16 to Council decision C/88/17

3

The Commission Chair is accountable for the proper use of the COF, including ensuring that the funds are used for their intended purpose, in accordance with applicable IUCN policies and procedures, and that all expenditure is supported by appropriate, auditable evidence. Commission Operating Funds are funded from IUCN core income. Consequently, COF expenditures are subject to the same level of oversight and fiduciary control as any other IUCN expenditure.

d. Budget The Commission Chair will submit a budget for the use of the COF on an annual basis, working with the Commission Focal Point to ensure that it is consistent with the joint Commission-Secretariat workplan. It should be submitted ahead of the year to which it relates to the Chief Financial Officer at the Secretariat in accordance with budget instructions issued by the Secretariat. The Chief Financial Officer will review the budget and check that it is in compliance with the eligible use criteria detailed in section 3. b. Allocations to the COFs will be proposed by the Director General, following consultation with the Commission Chairs, as part of her/his submission of a draft consolidated budget to Council. Allocations will be deemed to be approved at the point Council approves the consolidated budget. Any funds unspent at the year-end will be transferred to IUCN reserves, it being understood that the purpose of the annual allocation is to fund the current year’s operating expenditure. In the event of a budget deficit, the excess of expenditure will also be transferred to reserves.

e. Expenditure processes Expenditure may be incurred by a Commission by: • Requesting the Secretariat (through the Commission Focal Point or his/her delegated representative) to

incur the expenditure on behalf of the Commission, e.g. entering into a consultancy contract on behalf of the Commission, purchasing an air ticket for a Commission member.

• Submitting an expense claim to the Secretariat for expenses incurred by the Commission Chair or other

Commission Member which are eligible for reimbursement from the COF. • Requesting an advance from the Secretariat for planned expenditure, the use of which is justified at a later

date by the submission of receipts and other evidence of expenditure to the Secretariat. All expenditures must be supported by receipts or other evidence of expenditure. The Commission Chair is responsible for approving all expenditure in relation to the COF prior to submitting disbursement requests to the Secretariat. Disbursements are approved by the Secretariat in accordance with the IUCN Delegation of Authority policy.

f. Contracting In view of the fact that Commissions are not distinct legal entities they are not able to enter into contracts with other parties. Contracts must therefore be entered into in the name of IUCN.

Page 109: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 16 to Council decision C/88/17

4

All contracts and agreements must be signed by a member of the Secretariat staff in accordance with the IUCN Delegation of Authority policy2. Commission members are not allowed to sign contracts on behalf of IUCN as they are not employees of the Swiss IUCN legal entity and have no authority to commit IUCN.

g. Requirement to comply with IUCN procedures The Commission Chair must ensure that all expenditure from the COF is incurred in compliance with IUCN Secretariat policies and procedures. In particular:

• The IUCN Procurement Policy • The IUCN Travel Policy • IUCN Anti-Fraud Policy • The Code of conduct for Commission Members (under development) • Operational guidelines for business engagement

IUCN operational policies and procedures can be found on the Union Portal at: Documents: Policies, Procedures, Guidelines, Templates and Tools | Union.

h. Supporting documentation All expenditures must be supported by auditable evidence, e.g. invoices, contracts, receipts, all of which should be maintained by the Secretariat. In the event that a Commission Chair or other Commission members uses his/her own facilities or assets (e.g. house, internet connection, telephone) to support the operations of the Commission, he/she may claim for the cost of use of those facilities to the extent that they are used for Commission operations, e.g. if a Commission Chair uses part of his/her house from which to run Commission activities he/she may claim the cost of the space used. The cost must be supported by a rental agreement with a 3rd party together with a calculation of the cost of the space used for Commission activities.

i. Accounting and reporting The Secretariat is responsible for maintaining the accounts of each COF in the Secretariat finance system. Following the closure of the month in the Secretariat financial system the Secretariat will distribute an income and expenditure report to the Commission Chair showing expenditure against budget and details of all transactions.

j. Audit and oversight Expenditure in relation to the COFs is subject to the same level of audit and oversight as any other funds managed by the Secretariat. COF income and expenditure is covered in the annual statutory audit of the IUCN Financial Statements and may be subject to internal audit at the discretion of the Head of Oversight and Director General.

2 The Delegation of Authority (DOA) is the mechanism by which the Director General authorizes relevant functions or positions – and consequently IUCN staff appointed to fill them - to act for and on behalf of IUCN, to protect the rights of IUCN and to incur obligations and liabilities in the name of IUCN. The DOA defines the limits of authority designated to specified functions or positions within the IUCN Secretariat and establishes the types and maximum financial amount of obligations that may be approved.

Page 110: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 16 to Council decision C/88/17

5

4. Project income and expenditure received / incurred by the Secretariat for Commission activities

a. Purpose

The Secretariat may receive restricted funds to fund work by Commissions which forms part of the annual workplan approved by Council. Where the work is to be performed by a Commission, the Secretariat will, with the agreement of the Commission Chair in question, enter into contracts with Commission members, Commission hosts3, or other 3rd parties for the performance of such work.

b. Eligible use Funds may only be used for their intended purpose, taking into consideration any donor restrictions.

c. Accountability

Since the donor contract is with the Secretariat, the Secretariat is ultimately accountable to the donor for the correct use of the funds. Should any dispute arise between the Secretariat and the Commission Chair on the use of such funds, the matter will be referred to the Director General to resolve with the Commission Chair in question. For sub-contracts between the Secretariat and other parties, e.g. Commission members, the recipient of the funds is legally accountable to the Secretariat. The IUCN Secretariat has authority to take management decisions regarding the use of the funds that are necessary to ensure compliance with IUCN’s policies and procedures and the contract with the donor and, ultimately, to protect IUCN’s financial, legal and reputational integrity. However, in a normal situation all decisions would be taken jointly with the Commission Chair in question, and the Secretariat would only exert its legal authority if no other option exists.

d. Budget

Funds should be used in accordance with a budget agreed with the donor. The funds should be credited to a project in the Secretariat financial system and a Secretariat project manager appointed to manage the budget. A separate project may be opened up for an individual donation, or funds may be pooled if they are for a similar purpose and provided that such pooling does not conflict with any donor imposed conditions.

e. Approval of expenditure Expenditure must be approved in accordance with the Secretariat Delegation of Authority policy and associated approval rules. These require that all project related expenditures are approved by the appointed project manager. In view of the joint nature of the project, the project manager will seek the agreement of the Commission Chair or his appointed representative prior to approving the expenditure.

f. Requirement to comply with IUCN procedures, e.g. procurement, travel, DoA All expenditure from funds received by the Secretariat must be made in accordance with IUCN Secretariat policies and procedures. Procurement must follow the Secretariat procurement policy. In particular, IUCN competition rules must be respected before entering into contracts with Commission members for the supply 3 A Commission host is an organisation or other legal entity, separate to IUCN, which agrees to provide services to the Commission. This may include in-kind services, e.g. the provision of office space, but also financial services such as receiving income and making payments on behalf of the Commission.

Page 111: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 16 to Council decision C/88/17

6

of services, noting the exception to competition provided in paragraph 13(f) of the Procurement Policy relating to contracts to individuals by virtue of the Commission position that they hold.

g. Supporting documentation All expenditures must be supported by auditable evidence, e.g. invoices, contracts, receipts, all of which should be maintained by the Secretariat.

h. Accounting and reporting The Secretariat is responsible for the proper accounting of all donations received and expenditures incurred and for providing both financial and technical reports to the donor. Technical reports may include submissions from Commissions or be wholly written by a Commission, depending on the nature of the project. Annex Council Decision (58th meeting of the IUCN Council, June 2003) Upon the recommendation of the Finance and Audit Committee, the Council APPROVES the following budget principles to be applied for the submission by the Commission Chairs for the Commission Operating Funds:

1. The Commissions Operations Fund (COF) provides some of the support necessary for Commission networks to function effectively. Commission Chairs understand the COF is intended for Commission governance and management and thus, those activities necessary for a functioning Commission network should be supported by the COF.

2. Governance and management activities include: a. Commission Steering Committee meetings (travel and accommodation

support, logistics) b. Support to Chair including:

i. Local staff support (non IUCN), if necessary ii. Office support (fax, phone, email, photocopying, etc.) iii. Travel to Commission meetings iv. Travel to key external meetings (e.g. COPS of CBD, CITES) v. Travel to IUCN governance meetings ( global and regional)

c. Travel support to Deputy Chair (or other Commission members appointed by the Commission chair) when representing the Commission at Commissions meetings, IUCN governance meetings or key external meetings.

d. Other meeting and Office support (as needed) to support subsidiary commission structures.

e. Newsletter/main communications organ (production and delivery, either electronic or hard copy); basic communication tools, including via the internet and Commission website development.

f. Support to the statutory external review.

3. Programme activities are not funded by the Commission Operating Fund, but included in the Programme budget.

Page 112: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Members admitted by the IUCN Council 88th Meeting, April 2016

IUCN Statutory region

# Organization name Acronym Country WebsiteMember Category

Detailed application

1Centre Régional de Recherche et d`Education pour un Développement Intégré (Regional research and Education Center for integrated Development)

CREDI Benin www.credi-ong.org NG https://db.tt/krvIP0OV

2 Dahari: Komori ya Leo na Meso (Dahari: The Comoros of today and tomorrow) Dahari Comoros http://www.daharicomores.org NG https://db.tt/7eGu7sy0

3 Population, Health and Environment Ethiopia Consortium PHE EC Ethiopia http://www.phe-ethiopia.org NG https://db.tt/0tWP9WQm

4 Lilongwe Wildlife Trust LWT Malawi http://www.lilongwewildlife.org NG https://db.tt/IeJKRFcp

5 Fundación de Conservación Jocotoco (Jocotoco Conservation Foundation) Ecuador www.fjocotoco.org NG https://db.tt/hiQ81ffi

6 Universidad de Ciencias Forestales (University of Forest Sciences) UESNACIFOR Honduras http://www.esnacifor.edu.hn GA https://db.tt/B9oFNxVs

7Centro para el Desarrollo del Indígena Amazónico (Center for Amazonian Indigenous Development)

CEDIA Peru http://www.cedia.org.pe NG https://db.tt/l4WXHXze

8Organización para la Conservación de los Cetáceos (Organization for Cetacean Conservation)

OCC Uruguay http://www.occ.org.uy NG https://db.tt/UKaS09y3

9 Center for Large Landscape Conservation CLLCUnited States of America

http://www.largelandscapes.org NG https://db.tt/sCkR59wt

10 International Association for Impact Assessment IAIAUnited States of America

http://www.iaia.org NG https://db.tt/QNh7zDsm

11 Sahara Conservation Fund SCFUnited States of America

http://www.saharaconservation.org IN https://db.tt/cP3JV6Mv

12 Sustainable Forestry Initiative, Inc. SFIUnited States of America

http://sfiprogram.org IN https://db.tt/zyMTyxkq

13 Turtle Conservancy TCUnited States of America

http://www.turtleconservancy.org NG https://db.tt/rSNx82hs

Sout

h an

d Ea

st

Asia 14 Thai Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals TSPCA Thailand http://www.thaispca.org NG https://db.tt/NLQ96CMv

Afric

aM

eso

and

Sout

h Am

eric

aN

orth

Am

eric

a an

d th

e Ca

ribbe

an

Page 113: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Members admitted by the IUCN Council 88th Meeting, April 2016

IUCN Statutory region

# Organization name Acronym Country WebsiteMember Category

Detailed application

15Payeshgaran e Hamiye Mohit Zist Iran (Iran Environment Sponsor and Protectors)

PAMAIran (Islamic Republic of)

www.payeshgaran.info NG https://db.tt/gF2Re1vA

16 Faculty of Science / American University of Madaba AUM Jordan http://www.aum.edu.jo NG https://db.tt/7b7p334p

17 Jordan Society for the Conservation of Turtles & Tortoises JSCT Jordan n/a NG https://db.tt/I9xpWIxB

18 Fundacja WWF Polska (WWF Poland Fundation) WWF Poland http://www.wwf.pl/ NG https://db.tt/5eFsQNXM

19 Македонско еколошко друштво (Macedonian Ecological Society) MESThe former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia

http://www.mes.org.mk NG https://db.tt/3SWAbL2i

20 Rewilding Europe RE The Netherlands http://www.rewildingeurope.com IN https://db.tt/Rmp2rR0c

21 KuzeyDoğa Derneği (KuzeyDoğa Society) KuzeyDoğa Turkey www.kuzeydoga.org.tr NG https://db.tt/I6PVIE5F

22 The Born Free Foundation BFF United Kingdom http://www.bornfree.org.uk IN https://db.tt/ywUfM6lP

IN International Non Governmental Organizations (applicants in this category are listed according to the country where their legal seat is located) GANG National Non Governmental Organizations

Wes

t Eur

ope

Wes

t Asi

aEa

st E

urop

e,

Nor

th a

nd

Cent

ral A

sia

Page 114: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Annex 18 2017-2020 Membership dues Category A: States, government agencies and political and/or economic integration organizations Table 1 – Dues for States

Table 2 – Dues for Government agencies WITH State Member

Membership dues for a government agency where the State IS a Member of IUCN (Group A) are 3% of those of the State rate, except for government agencies of Groups 0 to 3 who pay the rate based on Group 41. Table 3 – Dues for Government agencies WITHOUT State Member

In a country where the State IS NOT a Member of IUCN (Group B), the government agency pays 25% of the amount of dues payable by the State if it were a Member, except for Group 0 for which the rate of dues is the same as in Group 11. Political and/or Economic Integration Organizations The amount of dues payable by Political and/or Economic Integration Organizations is the average amount obtained by adding up the dues payable by each of its State components, as if they were Members of IUCN, and dividing it by the number of States constituting the organization concerned. Category B: National and international Non-Governmental Organisations Table 4 – Dues for Non-Governmental Organisations

Category C: Affiliates Table 5 – Dues for Affiliates

1 Decision made by the 17th General Assembly of IUCN in San Jose, Costa Rica (1988)

Page 115: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

88th Meeting of the IUCN Council – 11-13 April 2016

Agenda item 13.2 – Report of the GCC

• According to Article 12 (c) iii, Members shall have the obligation inter alia:

(iii) to pay membership dues as prescribed in the Regulations; and (iv) to provide to IUCN such information as is required for the calculation of their dues. • The IUCN Membership Dues Guide states that “applicant and Member

organisations are requested to provide appropriate financial information including their latest annual audited financial statements together with a reconciliation to the declaration of operating expenditure so that the IUCN Secretariat may determine, and also revise dues groups. If the organisation is not required to have a statutory audit, the latest annual financial statements approved by the Board or governing body can be provided”.

Proposed process to reassess the dues for Non-Governmental Organisation Members

Page 116: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

88th Meeting of the IUCN Council – 11-13 April 2016

Agenda item 13.2 – Report of the GCC

• GCC recommends implementing a process whereby the dues of a Member

would be reassessed every four years. • The membership dues group assessed by the Secretariat would remain in

place for the next four years. Members who do not provide the Secretariat with their financial particulars within a set period would be automatically moved up to the next dues group.

• This process can be implemented through a modification of the IUCN

Membership Dues Guide.

Proposed process to reassess the dues for Non-Governmental Organisation Members

Page 117: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

 

       

           

A  Global  Standard  for  the  Identification  of  Key  Biodiversity  Areas  

 Version 1.0

         

  Prepared by the IUCN Species Survival Commission and IUCN World Commission on Protected Areas in association with the IUCN Global Species Programme 23 March 2016 Recommended citation: IUCN (2016) A Global Standard for the Identification of Key Biodiversity Areas, Version 1.0. First edition. Gland, Switzerland: IUCN.

Page 118: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  i  

IUCN (International Union for Conservation of Nature) IUCN helps the world find pragmatic solutions to our most pressing environment and development challenges. IUCN’s work focuses on valuing and conserving nature, ensuring effective and equitable governance of its use, and deploying nature-based solutions to global challenges in climate, food and development. IUCN supports scientific research, manages field projects all over the world, and brings governments, NGOs, the UN and companies together to develop policy, laws and best practice. IUCN is the world’s oldest and largest global environmental organisation, with more than 1,200 government and NGO Members and almost 11,000 volunteer experts in some 160 countries. IUCN’s work is supported by over 1,000 staff in 45 offices and hundreds of partners in public, NGO and private sectors around the world. www.iucn.org IUCN Species Survival Commission (SSC) IUCN SSC is a science-based network composed of around 9,000 species experts including scientists, field researchers, government officials and conservation leaders, volunteer experts from almost every country of the world, all working together towards achieving the vision of “A just world that values and conserves nature through positive action to reduce the loss of diversity of life on earth”. SSC advises IUCN and its members on the wide range of technical and scientific aspects of species conservation, and is dedicated to securing a future for biodiversity. SSC has significant input into the international agreements dealing with biodiversity conservation. www.iucn.org/species/ IUCN World Commission on Protected Areas (WCPA) IUCN WCPA is the world’s premier network of protected area expertise. It is administered by IUCN’s Programme on Protected Areas and has over 2250 members, spanning 140 countries. IUCN WCPA works by helping governments and others plan protected areas and integrate them into all sectors; by providing strategic advice to policy makers; by strengthening capacity and investment in protected areas; and by convening the diverse constituency of protected area stakeholders to address challenging issues. For more than 50 years, IUCN and WCPA have been at the forefront of global action on protected areas. www.iucn.org/wcpa

Page 119: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  ii  

Acknowledgements  IUCN gratefully acknowledges the supervision and strategic guidance of the IUCN Species Survival Commission (SSC)-World Commission on Protected Areas (WCPA) Joint Taskforce on Biodiversity and Protected Areas Committee: Leon Bennun, Luigi Boitani, Topiltzin Contreras MacBeath, Nigel Dudley, Lincoln Fishpool, Gustavo Fonseca, Jaime Garcia-Moreno, Marc Hockings, Jon Hutton, Kathy MacKinnon, Vinod Mathur, Paul Matiku, Justina Ray, Kent Redford, Yvonne Sadovy, Yoshihisa Shirayama, Jane Smart, Ali Stattersfield, Sue Stolton and Phil Weaver; and in particular its co-chairs, Thomas Brooks (co-Chair 2009–2013), Penny Langhammer (co-Chair 2013–2016) and Stephen Woodley (co-Chair 2009–2016), who along with Annabelle Cuttelod were instrumental in leading the complex process of developing a globally-agreed Standard under a mandate established by Simon Stuart (Chair SSC) and Ernesto Enkerlin-Hoeflich (Chair WCPA) building from the work of their predecessors, Holly Dublin (Chair SSC 2005–2008) and Nikita Lopoukhine (Chair WCPA 2005–2012). Warm thanks are also due to Diego Juffe-Bignoli and Natasha Ali (IUCN Biodiversity Conservation Group) and Mike Hoffmann (IUCN SSC) for their help in coordination of the consultation process. The editorial team for the KBA Standard comprised Thomas Brooks, Annabelle Cuttelod, Naamal De Silva, Nigel Dudley, Lincoln Fishpool, Penny Langhammer, Jon Paul Rodríguez, Carlo Rondinini, Bob Smith and Stephen Woodley. Penny Langhammer served as chief editor for the KBA Standard. The development of the KBA Standard would not have been possible without the dedication and enthusiastic commitment of the scientific experts who contributed their knowledge and experience through participation in technical workshops, intensive testing of the proposed criteria and thresholds, and writing and review of technical documents upon which the Standard is based. In addition to those named above, IUCN would like to express its heartfelt gratitude to: Rod Abson, Ashraf Saad Al-Cibahy, Jeff Ardron, Steve Bachman, Daniele Baisero, Ed Barrow, Alberto Basset, Hesiquio Benítez Díaz, Antonio Herman Benjamin, Bastian Bertzky, Jessica Boucher, Charlotte Boyd, Neil Burgess, Stuart Butchart, Achilles Byaruhanga, Rob Campellone, Kent Carpenter, Savrina Carrizo, Roberto Cavalcanti, Sudipta Chatterjee, Silvia Chicarino, Viola Clausnitzer, David Coates, Joanna Cochrane, Pat Comer, Mia Comeros, Colleen Corrigan, Nonie Coulthard, Mike Crosby, Anja Danielczak, William Darwall, Lindsay Davidson, Carlos Alberto de Mattos Scaramuzza, Bertrand de Montmollin, Moreno Di Marco, Graham Edgar, Mike Evans, Dan Faith, Simon Ferrier, Matthew Foster, Mariana García, Nieves Garcia, Claude Gascon, Laurens Geffert, Kristina Gjerde, Craig Groves, Ian Harrison, Frank Hawkins, Melanie Heath, Borja Heredia, Axel Hochkirch, Rob Holland, Erich Hoyt, Jon Hutton, Victor Hugo Inchausty, Nina Ingle, Stephanie Januchowski-Hartley, Lucas Joppa, David Keith, Mary Klein, Andrew Knight, Kellee Koenig, Marie-Odé Kouamé, Aline Kuehl, Dan Laffoley, John Lamoreux, Frank Wugt Larsen, Benjamin Lascelles, Nigel Leader-Williams, Mark Leighton, Yolanda Leon, Barney Long, Mervyn Lötter, Courtney Lowrance, Stewart Maginnis, Ian May, Aroha Mead, Luiz Merico, Rebecca Miller, Randy Milton, David Minter, Gláucia Moreira Drummond, Gregory Mueller, Miguel Munguira, Priya Nanjappa, Eimear Nic Lughadha, Ana Nieto, Giuseppe Notarbartolo di Sciara, Barbara Oliveira, Malvika Onial, Michela Pacifici, Mike Parr, Silvia Pérez-Espona, Claudia Perini, John Pilgrim, Hugh Possingham, Robert Pressey, Pichirikkat Rajeev Raghavan, Tony Rebelo, Ana Rodrigues, Jon Paul Rodríguez, Carlo Rondinini, Gertjan Roseboom, Luca Santini, Jörn Scharlemann, George Schatz, Mary Seddon, John Simaika, Kevin Smith, Martin Sneary, Nadinni Sousa, Isabel Sousa Pinto, Sacha Spector, Tim Stowe, David Stroud, Daniela America Suarez de Oliveira, Rachel Sykes, Andrew Tordoff, Christopher Tracey, Kathy Traylor Holzer, Tiziana Ulian, Amy Upgren, Sheila Vergara, Piero Visconti, Lize von Staden, Zoltan Waliczky, Hao Wang, James Watson, Tony Whitten and Nassima Yahi-Guenafdi. IUCN is further indebted to the hundreds of scientists and stakeholders who participated in regional workshops and end-users meetings, provided data for testing the criteria and thresholds, and submitted comments and suggestions during the consultation process. Their input has resulted in a far more robust, user oriented and widely applicable system.

Page 120: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  iii  

The global consultation on the KBA Standard would not have been possible without the generous financial and in-kind support from the following: Agence Française de Développement, BirdLife International, Cambridge Conservation Initiative Collaborative Fund for Conservation, Environment Agency Abu Dhabi, Fondazione Bioparco di Roma, John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation through a grant to the Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool, MAVA Foundation, Ministério do Meio Ambiente do Brasil, NatureServe, Parks Canada, Rio Tinto, Sapienza Università di Roma, Shell, The Biodiversity Consultancy and the United Nations Environment Programme World Conservation Monitoring Centre (UNEP-WCMC).

Page 121: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  1  

I. INTRODUCTION  At the World Conservation Congress, held in Bangkok, Thailand, in 2004, the IUCN Membership requested “a worldwide consultative process to agree a methodology to enable countries to identify Key Biodiversity Areas”. In response to this Resolution (WCC 2004 Res 3.013), the IUCN Species Survival Commission (SSC) and the IUCN World Commission on Protected Areas (WCPA) established a Joint Task Force on Biodiversity and Protected Areas. The Joint Task Force mobilised input from experts in the IUCN Commissions, Members and Secretariat staff, other conservation organisations, academia, governments, donors and the private sector to consolidate the criteria and methodology for identifying Key Biodiversity Areas (KBAs) as sites that contribute significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity. The results of these efforts are summarised in this global Standard for the Identification of KBAs (hereafter the KBA Standard), which builds on more than 30 years of experience in identifying important sites for different taxonomic, ecological and thematic subsets of biodiversity. These include, in particular, the 12,000 Important Bird and Biodiversity Areas (IBAs) identified by BirdLife International (2014), plus Alliance for Zero Extinction (AZE) sites (Ricketts et al. 2005), B-ranked sites (TNC 2001), Important Fungus Areas (Evans et al. 2001), Important Plant Areas (IPAs; Plantlife International 2004), Prime Butterfly Areas (van Swaay & Warren 2006) and KBAs covering multiple taxonomic groups in freshwater (Holland et al. 2012), marine (Edgar et al. 2008) and terrestrial systems (Eken et al. 2004, Langhammer et al. 2007) under previously published criteria. The KBA Standard is formally taken to include definitions, the criteria and thresholds, and delineation procedures. It can be used by national constituencies to identify sites contributing significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity in terrestrial, inland water and marine environments. It is important that this Standard remains stable for a period of time to enable comparisons of sites qualifying as KBAs in different regions and over time. It is recognised, however, that the criteria and thresholds may need revision in the future as experience accumulates in their application and technological advances improve our measurement and understanding of biodiversity. The aims of the KBA Standard are to:

• Harmonise existing approaches to the identification of important sites for biodiversity; • Support the identification of important sites for elements of biodiversity not considered in

existing approaches; • Provide a system that can be applied consistently and in a repeatable manner by

different users and institutions in different places and over time; • Ensure that KBA identification is objective, transparent and rigorous through application

of quantitative thresholds; • Provide decision-makers with an improved understanding of why particular sites are

important for biodiversity. Data generated through application of the KBA Standard are expected to have multiple uses (Dudley et al. 2014). KBAs can support the strategic expansion of protected-area networks by governments and civil society working toward achievement of the Aichi Biodiversity Targets (in particular Target 11 and 12), as established by the Convention on Biological Diversity (Butchart et al. 2012); serve to inform the description or identification of sites under international conventions (such as Ecologically and Biologically Significant Areas described under the Convention on Biological Diversity, wetlands of international importance designated under the Ramsar Convention, and natural World Heritage Sites); inform private sector safeguard policies, environmental standards, and certification schemes; support conservation planning and priority-setting at national and regional levels; and provide local and indigenous communities with opportunities for employment, recognition, economic investment, societal mobilization and civic pride.

Page 122: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  2  

It should be emphasised, however, that areas not identified as KBAs are not necessarily of lesser importance. For some regions current limitations on capacity and technology to mean that it will take time to compile the necessary data and level of detail to demonstrate that sites meet the quantitative thresholds associated with the KBA criteria, and for the deep ocean it will be difficult and might be impossible in certain situations, at least over the next few decades. Initiatives that are working to highlight areas of importance for safeguarding biodiversity through expert-driven processes, such as Important Marine Mammal Areas (Hoyt 2015), can help fill data gaps and inform KBA identification (and vice versa). In addition, other areas, which do not meet the global criteria and thresholds defined here may be important for other reasons, and in many cases, are managed as such. These include sites that meet (or will meet) criteria and thresholds of regional or national significance for biodiversity; sites considered to be important at global, regional or national levels for other reasons (e.g. maintaining productivity, ecosystem services, aesthetics or cultural heritage); and seascapes or landscapes important for the persistence of biodiversity beyond the site scale. The criteria and thresholds in this global KBA Standard are not identical to those by which IBAs or KBAs for other taxa were identified using previously published criteria. There are already more than 13,000 such sites worldwide. Those that are shown to meet the criteria and thresholds in the KBA Standard, and for which minimum documentation requirements have been met, will be recognised as global KBAs. Those that are inferred, with justification, to meet global KBA criteria and thresholds, but for which the data have not yet been compiled to demonstrate the case, will be treated as global KBAs for an 8-12 year re-evaluation period and flagged as ‘priority for update’. Those that do not meet global KBA criteria and thresholds but which do meet previously established regional criteria and thresholds will be recognised as regional KBAs. The KBA Standard is outlined in several sections of this document. Section II, the Preamble, presents basic information about the context and structure of the Standard, and the procedures that are to be followed in applying the criteria to sites. Section III provides definitions of key terms used. Section IV presents the criteria and quantitative thresholds for assessing sites as KBAs. Section V provides delineation procedures. Annex 1 suggests a standard format for citing the KBA criteria; Annex 2 refers to the required and recommended supporting information for KBAs; and Annex 3 provides a summary of the KBA criteria and thresholds.

Page 123: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  3  

II. PREAMBLE The information in this section is intended to direct and facilitate the use and interpretation of the KBA criteria and thresholds, and the delineation guidelines. 1. Purpose of the criteria

The purpose of the criteria is to locate and highlight sites that make significant contributions to the global persistence of biodiversity. The KBA criteria incorporate elements of biodiversity across genetic, species and ecosystem levels, but their purpose is not to include every species or ecosystem within a KBA. The benefits that biodiversity delivers to people are not incorporated into the criteria, but it is recommended that the provision of such ecosystem services, including cultural values, are documented for each site. A principle for developing the Standard has been to keep it as simple as possible; however, having criteria and thresholds that both build from existing approaches and that can be robustly applied across taxonomic groups and all elements of biodiversity has meant that some complexity cannot be avoided. 2. Relevant biodiversity elements KBAs are identified for biodiversity elements for which specific sites contribute significantly to their global persistence. Some biodiversity elements, such as wide-ranging or migratory species that occur at low densities, may trigger one or more KBA thresholds at particular sites, even if their global persistence depends primarily on management at the scale of entire landscapes, seascapes, catchments, or migratory corridors (e.g. fishery regulations, integrated basin management, restoration of connectivity; Boyd et al. 2008).  Similarly, the global persistence of other biodiversity elements may require targeted, species-specific interventions (e.g. wildlife trade enforcement, disease mitigation), even if these trigger one or more KBA thresholds at particular sites. Safeguarding KBAs is hence complementary to land-/seascape-scale and species-specific management. 3. Biological scope

The KBA criteria can be applied to macroscopic biodiversity in terrestrial, inland water and marine environments. Although not all KBA criteria may be relevant to all elements of biodiversity (e.g. not all species aggregate), the thresholds associated with each of the criteria have been developed to work across all taxonomic groups and ecosystems to which they are applicable. 4. Role of the different criteria

The different criteria address different ways in which sites contribute significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity. Sites should be assessed against all relevant criteria for which data are available, but meeting the thresholds under any one of the criteria or sub-criteria is sufficient for a site to be recognised as a KBA, assuming documentation requirements are met (Annex 1). Individual elements of biodiversity may trigger more than one criterion at the same site. 5. Derivation of the quantitative thresholds The thresholds associated with each of the KBA criteria (and sub-criteria) are designed for identifying KBAs at the global level. They are informed by several decades of experience in applying quantitative thresholds to identify important sites for biodiversity, such as IBAs and AZE sites. The criteria and quantitative thresholds were developed through a series of technical workshops and subsequently refined through wide expert consultation and testing with datasets covering diverse taxonomic groups, regions and environments.

Page 124: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  4  

6. Global vs. regional and national thresholds The criteria presented in this Standard are for the identification of KBAs meeting thresholds of global significance. Wherever possible, the process of applying the Standard should be led nationally with the involvement of relevant local stakeholders (section V). Some countries/regions may also desire to apply the criteria with less stringent thresholds to identify sites of national/regional significance. Sites can be identified as regional KBAs following guidelines for applying the KBA Standard at regional and national levels,  while for KBAs already identified at the regional level, pre-existing criteria and thresholds will continue to apply. National constituencies are encouraged to establish and apply thresholds for identifying national KBAs if doing so is considered to be valuable within a given country. The set of global and regional KBAs will form the list of internationally significant KBAs. 7. Data quality and metrics for inference

The KBA criteria have quantitative thresholds to ensure that site identification is transparent, objective and repeatable. It is important to compile the best available data for KBA identification, but the availability of high quality data differs significantly between different taxonomic groups. Hence, for some of the population size-related criteria there is a range of metrics that can be used to estimate or infer whether a site holds a threshold proportion of a species’ global population size, including number of mature individuals, area of occupancy, extent of suitable habitat, range, number of localities, and distinct genetic diversity. In assessing sites against the criteria, application of all metrics specified should be attempted, accepting that data will often be insufficient to allow this. Number of localities is only appropriate to use where sampling intensity is sufficiently high that the known localities can be assumed to represent adequately the range and area of occupancy of the species. Multiple localities may fall within a single KBA, and abundance may vary considerably across the different localities; thus it should not necessarily be assumed that a species occurring at 100 or fewer localities meets a 1% threshold at each of those localities. For the area-based metrics, a 1% threshold can typically be inferred where the site contains at least 1% of the global extent of a species’ area of occupancy, extent of suitable habitat or range, assuming the species is documented to occur at the site. These metrics should be used cautiously, however, given that species tend not to be evenly distributed throughout their range, area of occupancy, or extent of suitable habitat. Distinct genetic diversity differs from the other metrics in that it refers to the proportion of a species’ genetic diversity that is encompassed by a particular area. A site holding more than the threshold proportion of a species’ genetic diversity can qualify as a KBA (under criteria A1, B1 and B2), even if the proportion of the species’ global population size at the site is insufficient to trigger KBA identification. 8. Uncertainty The data used to assess whether quantitative thresholds of the KBA criteria have been met are often estimated with considerable uncertainty. Such uncertainty can arise from natural variation, vagueness in the terms and definitions used, lack of data, and measurement error. For example, estimates of the global population size of a species might range by more than an order of magnitude, the numbers of individuals or reproductive units at a given site might be subject to substantial inter-annual variation, and delineation may vary greatly in precision. The documentation standards (Annex 2) require assessment of the level of uncertainty in the identification and delineation of KBAs (see point 9), while the progressive reduction of such uncertainty is promoted by the periodic re-evaluation of KBAs (see point 10). 9. Documentation KBA identification is an iterative process and requires the confirmed presence of one or more

Page 125: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  5  

biodiversity elements (e.g. species, ecosystem type) at the site that both trigger at least one KBA criterion and meet the corresponding threshold(s). These data must be traceable to a reliable source and be recent enough to give confidence that the biodiversity elements are still present given the history of land use change in an area. A minimum set of information is required for each KBA to support and justify the recognition of a site as a KBA, and an additional set of recommended information should ideally be compiled for each site (Annex 2). 10. Re-evaluation Sites should be re-assessed against the criteria and thresholds at least once every 8–12 years although more frequent monitoring of KBAs is recommended wherever possible. Both genuine changes in status and changes in knowledge of the biodiversity element(s) triggering the criteria and thresholds may affect the status of a site as a KBA, while other new sites may be found to qualify during this re-evaluation period. Sites that fail to meet any criteria will no longer be considered global KBAs, however, such sites may still meet thresholds for regional or national significance and/or become priorities for restoration. 11. Climate and environmental change

Environmental changes resulting from a range of stressors, notably climate change, may affect the biodiversity in a KBA to such an extent that the site ceases to qualify, which will be determined upon re-evaluation (see point 9). It is also possible that a KBA may increase in importance as a result of climate change or that new sites will qualify. Re-evaluation of sites every 8-12 years will be important for maintaining accurate data over time. It is desirable to predict short-term impacts of climate change and other environmental stressors, such as habitat destruction, pollution and invasive species, and to conduct vulnerability analyses at sites. However, a prediction that a site is vulnerable to climate or other environmental change should not preclude its recognition as a KBA. Where manageability and topographic complexity allow (e.g. mountain systems that permit up-slope movement), site delineation may take into account the possibility of habitat refugia or areas suitable for near-term shifts of species and ecosystems at risk. This should only be done for sites where data are adequate to make a defensible case. Site management of KBAs should consider climate change and other impacts and manage them to the extent that this is possible, according to the best available guidance. It may be possible to predict the future locations of potential KBAs under climate change scenarios. Such predictive models will be important in national and regional conservation planning exercises. However, KBAs should be identified on the basis of the current presence of biodiversity elements, rather than on projected future distributions. 12. KBAs and protected areas The identification of a site as a KBA on the basis of the criteria and thresholds presented here is unrelated to its legal status; however, such status will often inform site delineation (Section V3.2). Many KBAs overlap wholly or partly with existing protected area boundaries, including sites designated under international conventions (e.g. Ramsar and World Heritage) and areas protected at national and local levels (e.g. national parks, indigenous or community conserved areas). However, it is recognised that other management approaches may also be appropriate; the identification of a site as a KBA simply implies that the site should be managed in ways that ensure the persistence of the biodiversity elements for which it is important. It is also understood that many protected areas are established for other conservation purposes and will not be identified as KBAs unless they also hold biodiversity elements meeting the criteria and thresholds.

Page 126: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  6  

13. KBAs and conservation priorities KBAs are sites of importance for the global persistence of biodiversity. However, this does not imply that a specific conservation action, such as protected area designation, is required. Such management decisions should be based on conservation priority-setting exercises, which combine data on biodiversity importance with the available information on site vulnerability and the management actions needed to safeguard the biodiversity for which the site is important. It is often desirable to incorporate other data into priority-setting, such as conservation cost, opportunity for action, importance for conserving evolutionary history and connectivity. KBAs thus do not necessarily equate to conservation priorities but are invaluable for informing systematic conservation planning and priority-setting, recognising that conservation priority actions may also be outside of KBAs.  

Page 127: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  7  

III. DEFINITIONS  This section defines key terms used in the definition of KBAs, in the KBA criteria and thresholds, and in site delineation procedures. It is necessary to refer to these terms when interpreting the criteria because they are defined in a narrow or particular sense. A. TERMS USED IN DEFINING KBAS KBAs are sites contributing significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity. Biodiversity Biodiversity is ‘the variability among living organisms from all sources including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems’, according to the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) (UN 1992). Contributing/Contribution The contribution of a site to the global persistence of biodiversity depends on the global distribution and the abundance of the biodiversity elements for which the site is important. Sites holding biodiversity elements that are globally restricted, or at risk of disappearing, make high contributions to the persistence of those elements. The global persistence of a biodiversity element occurring at any given KBA, unless it is entirely confined to the site, depends not only on the fate of the site itself but also on that of other sites and of the land-/seascapes where it occurs. Global Global implies that the contributions of a site to the persistence of a given biodiversity element are measured in relation to its worldwide population size or extent. Persistence Persistence of a biodiversity element means that its loss (e.g. species extinction, ecosystem collapse) or decline (e.g. of numbers of mature individuals of a species, ecosystem extent and condition) is avoided, both now and into the foreseeable future. Significantly/Significant Significant means that an outstanding proportion of a biodiversity element (e.g. species population size or ecosystem extent) occurs at the site, as defined by a quantitative threshold. Site A geographical area on land and/or in water with defined ecological, physical, administrative or management boundaries that is actually or potentially manageable as a single unit (e.g. a protected area or other managed conservation unit). For this reason, large-scale biogeographic regions such as ecoregions, Endemic Bird Areas and Biodiversity Hotspots, and land-/seascapes containing multiple management units, are not considered to be sites. In the context of KBAs, “site” and “area” are used interchangeably.

Page 128: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  8  

B. TERMS USED IN THE KBA CRITERIA AND DELINEATION PROCEDURES Aggregation (Criterion D) A geographically restricted clustering of individuals that typically occurs during a specific life history stage or process such as breeding, feeding or migration. This clustering is indicated by highly localised relative abundance, two or more orders of magnitude larger than the species’ average recorded numbers or densities at other stages during its life-cycle. Area of occupancy (Criteria A, B, E) The area within the range of a species that is actually occupied (IUCN 2012a). Assemblage (Criterion B) A set of species within a taxonomic group having: a) their ranges ≥95% predictably confined to a single ecoregion for at least one life-history stage; b) their ranges ≥95% predictably confined to a single biome for at least one life-history stage (for taxonomic groups with a global median range size >25,000 km2); or c) their most important habitats in common with multiple other species. Biodiversity element Genes, species or ecosystems, as used by the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) definition of biodiversity (Jenkins 1988). Biological process (Criterion D) The demographic and life-history processes that maintain species such as reproduction and migration. Bioregion (Criterion B) Major regional terrestrial and aquatic habitat types distinguished by their climate, flora and fauna, such as the combination of terrestrial biomes and biogeographic realms (Olson et al. 2001) or marine provinces (Spalding et al. 2007, Spalding et al. 2012). These biogeographic units are typically about an order of magnitude larger in area than the ecoregions nested within them. Complementarity (Criterion E) A measure of the extent to which an area contains elements of biodiversity not represented, or that are underrepresented, in an existing set of areas; alternatively, the number of unrepresented or underrepresented biodiversity elements that a new area adds to a network (Margules & Pressey 2000).   Distinct genetic diversity (Criteria A, B) The proportion of a species’ genetic diversity that is encompassed by a particular site. It can be measured using Analysis of Molecular Variance or similar technique that simultaneously captures diversity and distinctiveness (frequency of alleles and the genetic distinctiveness of those alleles). Ecological integrity (Criterion C) A condition that supports intact species assemblages and ecological processes in their natural state, relative to an appropriate historical benchmark, and characterised by contiguous natural habitat with minimal direct industrial anthropogenic disturbance. Ecoregion (Criteria B, C) A ‘relatively large unit of land (or water) containing a distinct assemblage of natural communities and species with boundaries that approximate the original extent of natural communities prior to major land-use change’ (Olson et al. 2001). Ecoregions have been mapped for terrestrial (Olson et al. 2001), freshwater (Abell et al. 2008) and near-shore marine (Spalding et al. 2007) environments and are nested within bioregions or provinces.

Page 129: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  9  

Ecosystem type (Criteria A, B) A defined ecosystem unit for standard and repeatable assessment, at an intermediate level in a globally consistent ecosystem classification hierarchy such as macrogroup or equivalent (Faber-Langendoen et al. 2014). It is defined by a particular set of variables related to its characteristic native biota, an abiotic environment or complex, the interactions within and between them, and a physical space in which these operate (Keith et al. 2013, Rodríguez et al. 2015). Other terms such as “ecological communities” and “biotopes” are often considered operational synonyms of ecosystem type.   Endemic (Criteria A, E) A species having a global range wholly restricted to a defined geographic area such as a region, country or site. Environmental stress (Criterion D) Natural events like floods, droughts, storms, wildfires, earthquakes as well as high or low temperature caused by global change; it can also describe the lack of food due to the bottom-up effect of environmental stress or massive die off of prey in ecosystem due to infectious disease. Extent of suitable habitat (Criteria A, B) The area of potentially suitable ecological conditions, such as vegetation or substrate types within the altitudinal or depth, and temperature and moisture preferences, for a given species (Beresford et al. 2011). Geographically restricted (Criterion B) A biodiversity element having a restricted global distribution, as measured by range, extent of suitable habitat or area of occupancy, and hence largely confined or endemic to a relatively small portion of the globe such as a bioregion, ecoregion or site. Intact ecological community (Criterion C) An ecological community having the complete complement of species known or expected to occur in a particular site or ecosystem, relative to a regionally appropriate historical benchmark, which will often correspond to pre-industrial times. Irreplaceability (Criterion E) Either (a) the likelihood that an area will be required as part of a system that achieves a set of targets (Ferrier et al. 2000) or (b) the extent to which the options for achieving a set of targets are reduced if the area is unavailable for conservation (Pressey et al. 1994). Irreplaceability is heavily influenced by geographically restricted biodiversity, but it is a property of an area within a network rather than of an element of biodiversity and is related to the concept of complementarity. Locality (Criteria A, B) A sampling locality is a point indicated by specific coordinates of latitude and longitude. Note that the term “locality”, as defined here, is fundamentally and conceptually different from the term “location” used in the IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria (IUCN 2012a). Manageability (Delineation) The possibility of some type of effective management across the site. Being a manageable site implies that it is possible to implement actions locally to ensure the persistence of the biodiversity elements for which a KBA has been identified. This requires that KBA delineation consider relevant aspects of the socio-economic context of the site (e.g. land tenure, political boundaries) in addition to the ecological and physical aspects of the site (e.g. habitat, size, connectivity). Mature individuals (Criteria A, B, E) The number of individuals known, estimated or inferred to be capable of reproduction as defined in IUCN (2012a).

Page 130: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  10  

Population size (Criteria A, B, D) The total, global, number of mature individuals of the species (IUCN 2012a). Population size is used throughout the standard rather than simply “population”, which IUCN (2012a) use to mean the total number of individuals of a species. Predictably (Criterion D) An expectation of species occurrence at a site during particular seasons or at one or more stages of its life cycle, based on previous or known occurrence, such as in response to specific climate conditions. Range (Criterion A, B, E) The current known limits of distribution of a species, accounting for all known, inferred or projected sites of occurrence (IUCN 2012a), including conservation translocations outside native habitat (IUCN Standards and Petitions Subcommittee 2014) but not including vagrancies (species recorded once or sporadically but known not to be native to the area). Regularly (Criteria A, B) The occurrence of a species is normally or typically found at the site during one or more stages of its life cycle. Reproductive unit (Criteria A, B, E) The minimum number and combination of mature individuals necessary to trigger a successful reproductive event at a site (Eisenberg 1977). Examples of five reproductive units include five pairs, five reproducing females in one harem, and five reproductive individuals of a plant species. Restricted range (Criterion B) Species having a global range size less than or equal to the 25th percentile of range-size distribution in a taxonomic group within which all species have been mapped globally, up to a maximum of 50,000 km2. If all species in a taxonomic group have not been mapped globally, or if the 25th percentile of range-size distribution for a taxonomic group falls below 10,000 km2, restricted range should be defined as having a global range size less than or equal to 10,000 km2. For coastal, riverine and other species with linear distributions that do not exceed 200 km width at any point, restricted range is defined as having a global range less than or equal to 500 km linear geographic span (i.e. the distance between occupied locations furthest apart). Species known only from their type locality should not automatically be assumed to have a restricted range, since this may be indicative of under-sampling. Target (Criterion E) A conservation target is the minimum amount of a particular biodiversity feature for which conservation is desirable through one or multiple conservation actions (Possingham et al. 2006). Taxonomic group (Criterion B) Taxonomic ranks above the species level. Threatened (Criterion A) Assessed through globally standardised methodologies as having a high probability of extinction (species) or collapse (ecosystems) in the medium-term future. Threatened species are those assessed as Critically Endangered (CR), Endangered (EN), or Vulnerable (VU) according to The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (IUCN 2012a). For the purposes of KBA criterion A1, Threatened also includes species assessed as regionally/nationally CR, EN or VU using the IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria (IUCN 2012b) that (a) have not been assessed globally and (b) are endemic to the region/country in question. Threatened ecosystems are those assessed as CR, EN or VU according to the IUCN Red List of Ecosystems (IUCN 2015).

Page 131: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  11  

Threshold (Criteria A-E) Numeric or percentage minima which determine whether the presence of a biodiversity element at a site is significant enough for the site to be considered a KBA under a given criterion or sub-criterion. Trigger (Criteria A-E) A biodiversity element (e.g. species or ecosystem) by which at least one KBA criterion and associated threshold is met.

Page 132: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  12  

IV. KBA CRITERIA AND THRESHOLDS

A. THREATENED BIODIVERSITY

A1. Threatened species Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion A1 hold a significant proportion of the global population size of a species facing a high risk of extinction and so contribute to the global persistence of biodiversity at genetic and species levels.

Site regularly holds one or more of the following:

a) ≥0.5% of the global population size AND ≥5 reproductive units of a CR or EN species;

b) ≥1% of the global population size AND ≥10 reproductive units of a VU species;

c) ≥0.1% of the global population size AND ≥5 reproductive units of a species assessed as CR or EN due only to population size reduction in the past or present;

d) ≥0.2% of the global population size AND ≥10 reproductive units of a species assessed as VU due only to population size reduction in the past or present;

e) Effectively the entire global population size of a CR or EN species. Proportion of the global population size can be observed or inferred through any of the following:

(i) number of mature individuals, (ii) area of occupancy, (iii) extent of suitable habitat, (iv) range, (v) number of localities, (vi) distinct genetic diversity.

Species that can trigger criterion A1 encompass those assessed as globally CR, EN or VU on The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (IUCN 2012a), or species assessed as regionally/nationally Threatened using the Guidelines for Application of IUCN Red List Criteria at Regional and National Levels (IUCN 2012b) where these both (a) have not been assessed globally and (b) are endemic to the region/country in question. Criterion A1 can be triggered by migratory species in both their breeding and non-breeding range; at non-breeding sites, the reproductive units threshold can be interpreted as the number of mature individuals. Sub-criteria A1c and A1d applies to species that have experienced, or are currently experiencing, rapid decline in population size and thus are restricted to those species qualifying only under Criterion A of the IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, in any of sub-criteria A1, A2, or A4. Species qualifying only under Criterion A3 of the IUCN Red List are expected to experience future rapid decline in population size but currently may still be quite abundant, and so these species are subject to the higher thresholds of KBA sub-criteria A1a and A1b. There is no reproductive units requirement for sub-criterion A1e because sites holding all remaining mature individuals of CR or EN species make a highly significant contribution to their persistence.  A2. Threatened ecosystem types Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion A2 hold a significant proportion of the global extent of an ecosystem type facing a high risk of collapse and so contribute to the global persistence of biodiversity at the ecosystem level.

Page 133: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  13  

Site holds one or more of the following:

a) ≥5% of the global extent of a globally CR or EN ecosystem type;

b) ≥10% of the global extent of a globally VU ecosystem type.

 Threatened ecosystem types include those assessed as globally CR, EN or VU under the IUCN Red List of Ecosystems Categories and Criteria (IUCN 2015) using units at an intermediate level in a globally consistent ecosystem classification hierarchy, such as macrogroup or equivalent (Faber-Langendoen et al. 2014). Ecosystem collapse is characterized by a transformation of identity, loss of defining features, and replacement by a different ecosystem type (IUCN 2015).

B. GEOGRAPHICALLY RESTRICTED BIODIVERSITY  B1: Individual geographically restricted species Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion B1 hold a significant proportion of the global population size of a geographically restricted species and so contribute significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity at the genetic and species level.

Site regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size AND ≥10 reproductive units of a species.

Proportion of the global population size can be observed or inferred through any of the following:

(i) number of mature individuals, (ii) area of occupancy, (iii) extent of suitable habitat, (iv) range, (v) number of localities, (vi) distinct genetic diversity.

In practice, many restricted-range species will trigger criterion B1, but having a restricted range is not a requirement under this criterion. Some species with large ranges may have many individuals concentrated in just a few areas within their range limits. The regular occurrence of all life stages of a species at a site distinguishes criterion B1 from criterion D1.  B2: Co-occurring geographically restricted species Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion B2 hold a significant proportion of the global population size of multiple restricted-range species, and so contribute significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity at the genetic and species level.

Site regularly holds ≥1% of the global population size of each of a number of restricted-range species in a taxonomic group, determined as either ≥2 species OR 0.02% of the global number of species in the taxonomic group, whichever is larger.

Proportion of the global population size can be observed or inferred through any of the following:

(i) number of mature individuals, (ii) area of occupancy, (iii) extent of suitable habitat, (iv) range, (v) number of localities, (vi) distinct genetic diversity.

 

Page 134: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  14  

Sites holding multiple restricted-range species are frequently indicative of centres of endemism. Although criterion B2 can be applied to any taxonomic group, groups above Class and below Family are unlikely to be useful in practice.  B3: Geographically restricted assemblages Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion B3 hold assemblages of species within a taxonomic group that are globally restricted and so contribute significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity at the genetic, species and ecosystem levels.

Site regularly holds one or more of the following:

a) ≥0.5% of the global population size of each of a number of ecoregion-restricted species within a taxonomic group, determined as either ≥5 species OR 10% of the species restricted to the ecoregion, whichever is larger;

b) ≥5 reproductive units of ≥5 bioregion-restricted species OR 30% of the bioregion-restricted species known from the country, whichever is larger, within a taxonomic group;

c) Part of the globally most important 5% of occupied habitat for each of ≥5 species within a taxonomic group.

Because bioregions are larger than and inclusive of ecoregions, either criterion B3a or B3b, but not both, should be used for a particular taxonomic group. Criterion B3a is applicable to taxonomic groups for which the global median range size is <25,000 km2, while B3b is applicable to taxonomic groups with a global median range size ≥25,000 km2.  Proportion of the global population size under sub-criteria B3a can be observed or inferred through any of the following:

(i) number of mature individuals, (ii) area of occupancy, (iii) extent of suitable habitat, (iv) range, (v) number of localities.

Under sub-criterion B3c ‘most important occupied habitat’ can be observed or inferred through the following:

(vi) density of mature individuals, (vii) relative abundance of mature individuals.

 Although criterion B3 can be applied to any taxonomic group, groups above Class and below Family are unlikely to be useful in practice. Sub-criterion B3b is formulated to account for the non-uniform way that species confined to bioregions, which are typically very large, are distributed across them. While greater numbers of species usually co-occur at or near their geographic centres, others are confined towards their peripheries. A proportional threshold based on the assemblage of species of the bioregion as a whole therefore would mean the exclusion of such species: the modifying clause “known from the country” addresses this.  B4: Geographically restricted ecosystem types Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion B4 hold a significant proportion of the global extent of a geographically restricted ecosystem type and so contribute significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity at the species and ecosystem level.

Site holds ≥20% of the global extent of an ecosystem type.

Page 135: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  15  

To ensure global consistency in application of the KBA criteria, criterion B4 should be applied to units at an intermediate level in a globally consistent ecosystem classification hierarchy, such as macrogroup or equivalent (Faber-Langendoen et al. 2014), as used for the IUCN Red List of Ecosystems for global assessments.

C. ECOLOGICAL INTEGRITY  Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion C hold wholly intact ecological communities with supporting large-scale ecological processes and so contribute significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity at the ecosystem level. Criterion C identifies truly outstanding examples at the global scale of still-natural and intact places that maintain fully functional ecosystem types and their components. These sites are large and essentially undisturbed by significant industrial human influence. They maintain their full complements of species in their natural abundances or biomass, support the ability of species to engage in natural movements, and allow for the unimpeded functioning of ecological processes.

Site is one of ≤2 per ecoregion characterised by wholly intact ecological communities, comprising the composition and abundance of native species and their interactions.

Ecological integrity should be observed or inferred from both direct measures of species composition and abundance/biomass across taxonomic groups (particularly for species indicative of long-term structural stability and functionality or those known to be highly sensitive to human impact) and absence (or very low levels) of direct industrial human impact (as quantified by appropriate indices at the scale of interest and verified on the ground or in the water). These metrics should be contextualised by information that allows inference of the historical bounds of variation using a regionally appropriate benchmark (e.g. the past 500 years) for diversity or abundance in the ecoregion. Pervasive global-scale threats that affect all marine and/or terrestrial areas (e.g. climate change, ocean acidification, overharvest of cetaceans) should not be included in metrics of direct industrial human impact. KBAs identified under criterion C should ideally be delineated to be at least 10,000 km2 in size, within the confines of manageability (including for transboundary sites). Where sites straddle ecoregional boundaries, delineation should proceed without respect to ecoregional division.

D. BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES  D1: Demographic aggregations Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion D1 hold a significant proportion of the global population size of a species during one or more life history stages or processes, and so contribute significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity at the species level.

Site predictably holds one or more of the following:

a) An aggregation representing ≥1% of the global population size of a species, over a season, and during one or more key stages of its life cycle;

b) A number of mature individuals that ranks the site among the largest 10 aggregations known for the species.

Page 136: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  16  

Proportion of the global population size can be observed from the following: (i) number of mature individuals.

Aggregations typically occur for breeding, feeding or during migration and are indicated by highly localised relative abundance, two or more orders of magnitude larger than the species’ average recorded numbers or densities at other stages during its life-cycle. Criterion D1 is not meant to identify sites that hold all key stages of a species’ life cycle; those sites may triggered by criteria A1, B1, B2 or B3. The concept of aggregation is broad enough, however, to include species that remain aggregated throughout most or all of their life cycles as they move between sites (e.g. some flamingo, albatross and petrel species). In sub-criterion D1b, the threshold applies across all life-history functions rather than for specific functions (e.g. breeding or feeding). Along migratory corridors, KBAs should be identified for stop-over or bottleneck sites rather than for the entire corridor. D2: Ecological refugia Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion D2 hold a significant proportion of the global population size of a species during periods of environmental stress, and so contribute significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity at the species level.

Site supports ≥10% of the global population size of one or more species during periods of environmental stress, for which historical evidence shows that it has served as a refugium in the past and for which there is evidence to suggest it would continue to do so in the foreseeable future.

Proportion of the global population size can be observed from the following:

(i) number of mature individuals. Species at any life stage may become concentrated in sites that maintain necessary resources, such as food and water, during periods of environmental stress, when conditions elsewhere become inhospitable. These temporary changes in climatic or ecological conditions, such as severe droughts, may concentrate individuals of a species at particular sites on the scale of multiple years or decades. This longer time horizon differentiates ecological refugia from the demographic and geographic aggregations described in criterion D1. D3: Recruitment sources Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion D3 are where a significant proportion of the global population size of a species is produced, and so contribute significantly to the global persistence of biodiversity at the species level.

Site predictably produces propagules, larvae, or juveniles that maintain ≥10% of the global population size of a species.

Proportion of the global population size can be observed from the following:

(i) number of mature individuals.

Unlike sites identified under criteria D1 and D2, where individuals of a species are moving into a site at globally significant proportions, albeit at different time scales, criterion D3 applies to species where individuals disperse out of the site in globally significant proportions. These sources make a large contribution to the recruitment of a species elsewhere, even though the number of mature individuals at the site may be low or zero. Hence, the threshold is applicable to the global adult population size occurring largely outside of the site, rather than to the number of immature individuals within the site.

Page 137: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  17  

E. IRREPLACEABILITY THROUGH QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS    Sites qualifying as KBAs under criterion E have very high irreplaceability for the global persistence of biodiversity as identified through a complementarity-based quantitative analysis of irreplaceability.

Site has a level of irreplaceability of ≥0.90 (on a 0–1 scale), measured by quantitative spatial analysis, and is characterised by the regular presence of species with ≥10 reproductive units known to occur (or ≥ 5 units for EN or CR species).

The irreplaceability analysis should be based on the contribution of individual sites to species persistence. Targets for the quantitative irreplaceability analysis may be one of two types:

(a) Representing at least X mature individuals of each species, where X is the largest

value among: i. the total number of individuals currently existing in the wild, if either: the

global population size is fewer than 1,000 mature individuals; or the species’ range is smaller than 1,000 km2; or the area of occupancy is smaller than 20 km2;

ii. the population size necessary to ensure the global persistence of the species with a probability of ≥90% in 100 years, as measured by quantitative viability analysis;

iii. 1,000 mature individuals; iv. the number of mature individuals expected to occupy, at average densities,

1,000 km2 within the species’ range or 20 km2 within the species’ area of occupancy (as appropriate);

(b) Representing at least an area of Y km2 for each species, where Y is the larger value among:

i. the total area where the species occurs, if either: the global population size is fewer than 1,000 mature individuals; or the species’ range is smaller than 1,000 km2; or the area of occupancy is smaller than 20 km2;

ii. the area necessary to ensure the global persistence of the species with a probability of ≥90% in 100 years, as measured by quantitative viability analysis, up to a minimum of 10% of the total species distribution (i.e. range or area of occupancy, as appropriate);

iii. 1,000 km2 within the range or 20 km2 within the area of occupancy (as appropriate);

iv. the area corresponds to the range or the area of occupancy (as appropriate) necessary to include 1,000 mature individuals.

 KBA assessment to identify sites under Criterion E should be implemented through complementarity-based irreplaceability analyses. The spatial units in which the study area is subdivided should be equal-area or approximately equal-area at the scale of approximately 100–1,000 km2. The 0.9 threshold for site irreplaceability means that, given the biodiversity elements used in the analysis, and the targets set, area X is found in 90% of all possible minimum sets of areas meeting those targets. For the same given set of targets, any one element may not point to area X as irreplaceable, but a set of all elements and their targets can make area X irreplaceable.   The irreplaceability analyses need to take into account the entire range of species, and so must either (a) be conducted at a global scale, or (b) focus only on the endemics from the region analysed, or (c) set the targets to reflect the fraction of the global population size of each species that is included in the study area. The irreplaceability analysis would not in itself identify KBA boundaries, which should be defined in a subsequent delineation process (Section V). Once

Page 138: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  18  

delineation has been undertaken, it may be useful or necessary to repeat the analysis using delineated boundaries as the spatial units to determine the irreplaceability score of the KBA.

Page 139: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  19  

V. DELINEATION PROCEDURES Delineation is the process through which the boundaries of a KBA are drawn on a map; it is a required step of the KBA identification process. The aim is to derive site boundaries that are ecologically relevant yet practical for management. Taking the actual or potential manageability of sites into account in their delineation is likely to enhance prospects of biodiversity persistence, but no specific management prescription is implied by the delineation of KBA boundaries. Delineation is an iterative process that typically involves assembling spatial datasets, deriving initial site boundaries based on ecological data, refining the ecological boundaries to yield practical boundaries, and documenting delineation precision. The process should occur in collaboration with stakeholders having expertise relevant to KBA identification and delineation, and who are free of political/economic bias or conflicts of interest. This usually includes scientists and other experts with local and traditional knowledge of the biodiversity elements occurring at the site, conservation and community groups working or living in the area, and government agencies tasked with managing natural areas or wildlife. Consultation with these constituencies (e.g. through workshops or informal meetings) can provide important context and data to inform delineation. As the extent to which KBA boundaries inform active management increases, more extensive consultation will be needed, for example with local and indigenous communities living in or near the site. 1. Assembling spatial datasets In addition to locality data for the biodiversity elements triggering the KBA criteria, a number of data layers may be helpful for site delineation. These include but are not limited to:

• habitat suitability and extent; • tracking and movement data, including migratory bottlenecks; • known occurrence, feeding or breeding sites (including seasonally); • seasonal refugia (e.g. deep pools in rivers); • boundaries of any important biodiversity sites that have already been identified (e.g.

IBAs, IPAs, AZE sites) • land use, including roads, cities and agricultural areas (where useful); • management units (e.g. protected areas, indigenous territories, private lands,

concessions, administrative boundaries); • topographic data (e.g. elevation, sub-catchments, seamounts, outer reef passages).

2. Deriving initial site boundaries based on ecological data The boundaries for a KBA should initially be based on ecological considerations. This requires mapping the local extent of the biodiversity elements triggering the KBA criterion or criteria. For well-known biodiversity elements, deriving a boundary that represents the known local geographic extent may be possible. For lesser-known elements, it may be necessary to estimate approximate geographic extent using models or knowledge of habitat requirements combined with maps of remaining habitat. In addition to habitat, it is important to consider the spatial or physical properties of the site including size, edge and connectivity with other natural areas. The initial ecological boundaries should be defined based upon the information available, while acknowledging the limitations of such information. There is no minimum or maximum size requirement for a KBA. On land, IBAs (KBAs identified for birds) are typically 100–1000 km2 but range from 0.01 km2 to over 330,000 km2. The size of the KBA will depend on the ecological requirements of the biodiversity elements triggering the criteria and the actual or potential manageability of the area. Sites identified under criterion C, or in the open ocean, are likely to be larger on average than sites identified under other KBA criteria or on land. Wherever possible, delineation should aim to develop site boundaries that are large enough

Page 140: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  20  

to allow persistence of the biodiversity for which the site is identified while minimising the inclusion of land or water that is not relevant to it. KBAs will generally have fixed boundaries. Where dynamic features are important, as for many marine species but also freshwater/terrestrial species that depend on dynamic or ephemeral habitats, KBAs should be large enough to encompass these features, within the confines of manageability. 3. Refining the ecological boundaries to yield practical boundaries In many cases, KBA identification will be triggered by multiple taxa and initial mapping based on ecological data may yield multiple overlapping and incongruent polygons. KBA delineation is therefore not complete until boundary refinement has been considered to yield a manageable site or sites. This often means refining ecological boundaries with additional data, especially in situations where the extent of a biodiversity element falls within or overlaps with an existing site of importance for biodiversity, an existing protected area, a large block of contiguous habitat or it overlaps incongruently with other biodiversity elements meeting the KBA criteria. 3.1 Delineation with respect to existing sites of importance for biodiversity When important sites for biodiversity, such as IBAs, IPAs, AZE sites, and KBAs identified under previously published criteria, have already been identified in the region of interest, the identification and delineation of KBAs for new biodiversity elements or application of additional criteria should take into consideration their boundaries. Many of these sites have national recognition, active conservation and monitoring initiatives and/or are linked to legislative and policy processes. If the additional biodiversity element(s) triggering one or more of the KBA criteria falls within the boundary of an existing site, and it contains enough of the new element(s) to meet the threshold of significance, the boundary of that site should be used for the delineation, unless there is new information to indicate otherwise. If the additional biodiversity element partially overlaps an existing site of importance for biodiversity, or is larger than the existing site, there are generally three options: disregard the area that does not overlap (if it is ecologically insignificant), extend the existing boundary in consultation with the individual or group who originally delineated the site, or delineate a new KBA adjacent to the site. The appropriate option will typically depend on how much of an overlap there is. Modifying the boundaries of existing sites to incorporate additional biodiversity elements without proper stakeholder consultation can be destabilising and might jeopardise positive management actions underway at the site, and so should be avoided where possible. Any relationship of a proposed KBA boundary to that of an existing important biodiversity site should be included in supporting documentation. 3.2 Delineation with respect to protected areas and other conservation areas When a biodiversity element triggering the KBA criteria falls within an existing protected area or other recognised conservation area (such as a private reserve), and where active management is underway, it is often advisable to use the boundary of the protected or other conservation area to delineate the KBA. Most protected areas are recognised management units with the goal of safeguarding the biodiversity contained within them, although delineation of individual protected areas may be constrained by other considerations. The additional recognition of the site as a KBA, using the existing boundaries, helps to consolidate the importance of these management units. If the protected area boundary is used for KBA delineation, any data layers depicting the more detailed distribution of the biodiversity element within the protected area should be retained to support specific management actions and monitoring. When a biodiversity element triggering one or more criteria partially overlaps and/or extends well beyond the boundaries of an existing protected area, there are generally two options. The first is

Page 141: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  21  

to use the existing protected area boundary for the delineation of one KBA and delineate a second KBA covering the portion of the biodiversity element outside the protected area, assuming both areas meet the thresholds of significance in their own right. The second option is to include the additional habitat adjacent to the protected area within the boundaries of a single larger KBA, which would be partially protected. This second option will generally be appropriate only when there is a realistic possibility that the additional habitat adjacent could be managed together with the protected area as a single unit, either through formal expansion of the protected area or through other forms of coordinated management, or if in delineating two sites one or both would fail to meet the criteria and thresholds.   3.3 Refining boundaries using other management data When delineating sites that fall outside existing KBAs and protected areas, it is often necessary to incorporate other data on land/water management to derive practical site boundaries. These management data layers should be of an appropriate scale or grain of land- or water-use and can include private lands managed for biodiversity, language groups, national and sub-national administrative boundaries, catchments in the case of integrated basin management, and other permanent management units. Where sites overlap one or more national boundaries, a single KBA can be delineated when transboundary management is either in place or a realistic possibility. More typically, identifying separate KBAs in each country may be most consistent with potential manageability. In some cases, refining site boundaries based on management units is not feasible because the units themselves (a) are too small or too large to be useful, (b) do not meet the requirements of the biodiversity elements that trigger the KBA, or (c) do not exist (e.g. as on the high seas). In these cases, using ecological boundaries derived from maps of suitable habitat or the local extent of biodiversity elements triggering the criteria is the best approach. When these data do not exist or do not overlap in a coherent way, topographic and environmental data such as elevation, ridgelines, seamounts, geological features and other identifiable elements on the land/seascape can be used to derive site boundaries. 4. Documenting delineation precision KBA delineation is an iterative process that makes use of better and more recent data as they become available. Stable boundaries are desirable but the delineation process must be able to accommodate changes in knowledge (including local and indigenous knowledge) and the reality on the ground. A description of how the boundary was derived should be included in the documentation. The level of precision of KBA boundaries should be recorded in the documentation and used when KBAs are displayed on maps.

Page 142: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  22  

REFERENCES Abell, R., Thieme, M.L., Revenga, C., Bryer, M., Kottelat, M., et al. (2008) Freshwater ecoregions

of the world: a new map of biogeographic units for freshwater biodiversity conservation. BioScience 58: 403-414.

BirdLife International (2014) Important Bird and Biodiversity Areas: A global network for conserving nature and benefitting people. Cambridge, UK: BirdLife International.

Beresford, A.E., Buchanan, G.M., Donald, P.F., Butchart, S.H.M., Fishpool, L.D.C. and Rondinini, C. (2011) Minding the protection gap: estimates of species’ range sizes and holes in the Protected Area network. Animal Conservation 14: 114-116.

Boyd, C., Brooks, T.M., Butchart, S.H.M., Edgar, G.J., da Fonseca, G.A.B., et al. (2008) Spatial scale and the conservation of threatened species. Conservation Letters 1: 37-43.

Butchart, S.H.M., Scharlemann, J.P.W., Evans, M.I., Quader, S., Aricò, S., et al. (2012) Protecting important sites for biodiversity contributes to meeting global conservation targets. PLoS One 7: e32529.

Dudley, N., Boucher, J.L., Cuttelod, A., Brooks, T.M. and Langhammer, P.F. (eds.) (2014) Applications of Key Biodiversity Areas: end-user consultations. Cambridge, UK and Gland, Switzerland: IUCN.

Edgar, G.J., Langhammer, P.F., Allen, G., Brooks, T.M., Brodie, J., et al. (2008) Key Biodiversity Areas as globally significant target sites for the conservation of marine biological diversity. Aquatic Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems 18: 969–983.

Eisenberg, J.F. (1977) The evolution of the reproductive unit in the Class Mammalia. In Rosenblatt, J.S. & Komisaruk, B.R. (eds.) Reproductive Behavior and Evolution. New York: Plenum Publishing Corporation.

Eken, G., Bennun, L., Brooks, T.M., Darwall, W., Foster, M., et al. (2004) Key biodiversity areas as site conservation targets. BioScience 54: 1110–1118.

Evans, S., Marren, P. and Harper, M. (2001) Important Fungus Areas: a provisional assessment of the best sites for fungi in the United Kingdom. Salisbury, UK: Plantlife International.

Ferrier, S., Pressey, R.L. and Barrett, T.W. (2000) A new predictor of the irreplaceability of areas for achieving a conservation goal, its application to real-world planning, and a research agenda for further refinement. Biological Conservation 93: 303–325.

Holland, R.A., Darwall, W.R.T. and Smith, K.G. (2012) Conservation priorities for freshwater biodiversity: the key biodiversity area approach refined and tested for continental Africa. Biological Conservation 148: 167-179.

Hoyt, E. (ed.) (2015) Proceedings of the Third International Conference on Marine Mammal Protected Areas (ICMMPA 3), Adelaide, Australia, 9-11 Nov. 2014, 85pp.

IUCN (2012a) IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria: Version 3.1. Second edition. Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK: IUCN.

IUCN (2012b) Guidelines for Application of IUCN Red List Criteria at Regional and National Levels: Version 4.0. Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK: IUCN.

IUCN (2015) Guidelines for the Application of IUCN Red List of Ecosystems Categories and Criteria. Version 1.0. Bland, L.M., Keith, D.A., Murray, N.J., and Rodríguez, J.P. (eds.) Gland, Switzerland: IUCN. ix + 93 pp.

IUCN Standards and Petitions Subcommittee (2014) Guidelines for Using the IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria. Version 11. Prepared by the Standards and Petitions Subcommittee. Downloadable from http://www.iucnredlist.org/documents/RedListGuidelines.pdf.

Faber-Langendoen, D., Keeler-Wolf, T., Meidinger, D., Tart, D., Hoagland, B., et al. (2014) EcoVeg: a new approach to vegetation description and classification. Ecological Monographs 84: 533–561.

Jenkins, R.E. (1988) Information management for the conservation of biodiversity. In Wilson, E.O. (ed.) Biodiversity. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Keith, D.A., Rodríguez-Clark, K.M., Nicholson, E., Aapala, K., Alonso, A., et al. (2013) Scientific foundations for an IUCN Red List of Ecosystems. PLoS ONE 8: e62111.

Langhammer, P.F., Bakarr, M.I., Bennun, L.A., Brooks, T.M., Clay, R.P., et al. (2007) Identification and Gap Analysis of Key Biodiversity Areas: Targets for Comprehensive

Page 143: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  23  

Protected Area Systems. IUCN World Commission on Protected Areas Best Practice Protected Area Guidelines Series No. 15. Gland, Switzerland: IUCN.

Margules, C.R. and Pressey, R.L. 2000. Systematic conservation planning. Nature 405: 243–253. Olson, D.M., Dinerstein, E., Wikramanayake, E.D., Burgess, N.D., Powell, G.V.N., et al. (2001)

Terrestrial ecoregions of the world: a new map of life on Earth. BioScience 51: 933–938. Plantlife International (2004) Identifying and Protecting the World’s Most Important Plant Areas.

Salisbury, UK: Plantlife International. Possingham, H.P., Wilson K.A., Andelman S.J. and Vynne C.H. (2006) Protected areas: goals,

limitations, and design. Pages 509–533 in M.J. Groom, G.K. Meffe, C.R. Carroll, editors. Principles of Conservation Biology. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates Inc.

Pressey, R.L., Johnson, I.R. and Wilson, P.D. (1994) Shades of irreplaceability: towards a measure of the contribution of sites to a reservation goal. Biodiversity & Conservation 3: 242–262.

Ricketts, T.H., Dinerstein, E., Boucher, T., Brooks, T.M., Butchart, S.H.M., et al. (2005) Pinpointing and preventing imminent extinctions. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the U.S.A. 102: 18497–18501.

Rodrigues, A.S.L., Akcakaya, H.R., Andelman, S.J., Bakarr, M.I., Boitani, L., et al. (2004) Global gap analysis: priority regions for expanding the global protected-area network. Bioscience 54: 1092–1100.

Rodríguez, J. P., Keith, D.A., Rodríguez-Clark, K.M., Murray, N.J., Nicholson, E., et al. (2015) A practical guide to the application of the IUCN Red List of Ecosystems criteria. Philosophical Transactions of The Royal Society B 370: 20140003.

Spalding, M.D., Fox, H.E., Allen, G.R., Davidson, N., Ferdaña, Z.A., et al. (2007) Marine ecoregions of the world: a bioregionalization of coastal and shelf areas. BioScience 57: 573–583.

Spalding, M.D., Agostini, V.N., Rice, J. and Grant, S.M. (2012) Pelagic provinces of the world: a biogeographic classification of the world’s surface pelagic waters. Ocean & Coastal Management 60: 19-30.

TNC (2001) Biological and Conservation Database, with Online Help. Arlington, Virginia, USA: The Nature Conservancy.

van Swaay, C.A.M. and Warren, M.S. (2006) Prime butterfly areas in Europe: an initial selection of priority sites for conservation. Journal of Insect Conservation 10: 5-11.

UN (1992) Convention on Biological Diversity. Available online: https://treaties.un.org/doc/Treaties/1992/06/19920605%2008-44%20PM/Ch_XXVII_08p.pdf.

Page 144: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  24  

ANNEX 1. CITATION OF THE KBA CRITERIA In order to promote the use of a standard format for citing the KBA criteria and sub-criteria, a hierarchical alphanumeric numbering system is used similar to that used for the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (IUCN 2012a). Criteria are indicated by the use of numbers (1-4), except for criteria C and E. Where more than one sub-criterion is met, these are indicated by the use of the lower-case alphabet characters (a-e), listed without any punctuation. The metrics used to observe or infer thresholds are indicated with roman numerals (i-vi). These are placed in parentheses (with no space between the preceding alphabet character and start of the parenthesis) and separated by the use of commas if more than one is listed. Where more than one criterion is met, they should be separated by semicolons. The following are examples of such usage: A1a(i,ii)b(i,ii,iii); B1(iii); D1a(i) A1c(v); A2b B1(i,v,vi); B2(i,v,vi); B3a(vi)b(v) B3c(v); C(ii) E

Page 145: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

  25  

ANNEX 2: DOCUMENTATION FOR KEY BIODIVERSITY AREAS KBA identification requires a minimum set of supporting information. This information supports and justifies the identification of a site as a KBA and enables analyses of KBA data across taxonomic groups, ecosystem types and countries. It also helps users to search and find information easily on the website. The Documentation Standards for Key Biodiversity Areas will be available for download on the KBA website (www.keybiodiversityareas.org) and include:

• Required supporting information for all KBAs • Required supporting information under specific conditions • Recommended supporting information

Note that the Documentation Standards for Key Biodiversity Areas will be updated on a regular basis. Users should check the KBA website for the most current version of this reference document.

Page 146: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

 

 

ANNEX 3. SUMMARY OF THE KBA CRITERIA AND THRESHOLDS A. Threatened Biodiversity Biodiversity element at site % global pop.

size/extent RU1

A1. Threatened species (a) CR or EN species ≥0.5% ≥5

(b) VU species ≥1% ≥10

(c) CR or EN species Threatened only due to population size reduction in the past or present

≥0.1% ≥5

(d) VU species Threatened only due to population size reduction in the past or present

≥0.2% ≥10

(e) CR or EN species Entire global population size

A2: Threatened ecosystem types

(a) CR or EN ecosystem type ≥5%

(b) VU ecosystem type ≥10%

B. Geographically restricted biodiversity

Biodiversity element at site % global pop. size/extent

RU

B1: Individually geographically restricted species

Any species ≥10% ≥10

B2: Co-occurring geographically restricted species

Restricted-range species: ≥2 species OR 0.02% of total number of species in taxonomic group, whichever is larger

≥1%

B3: Geographically restricted assemblages

 

(a) ≥5 ecoregion-restricted species2 OR 10% of the species restricted to the ecoregion, whichever is larger

≥0.5%

(b) ≥5 bioregion-restricted species2 OR 30% of the bioregion-restricted species known from the country, whichever is larger  

(c) Part of the globally most important 5% of occupied habitat of each of ≥5 species within a taxonomic group

B4: Geographically restricted ecosystem types

Any ecosystem type ≥20%

C. Ecological integrity Biodiversity element at site

Wholly intact ecological communities ≤2 sites per ecoregion

D. Biological processes Biodiversity element at site % global pop. size

D1: Demographic aggregations

(a) Species aggregation during one or more key stages of its life cycle

(b) Among the largest 10 aggregations known for the species

≥1%

D2: Ecological refugia

Species aggregations during periods of past, current or future environmental stress

≥10%

D3: Recruitment sources

Propagules, larvae or juveniles maintaining high proportion of global population size

≥10%3

E: Irreplaceability through quantitative analysis

Biodiversity element at site

Site has high irreplaceability measured by quantitative spatial analysis

Irrepl. score

≥0.90 on 0–1 scale

RU

≥10 (or ≥5 for EN/CR sp)

1RU=reproductive units; 2wtihin a taxonomic group; 3refers to global population size rather than immature individuals produced.

Page 147: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/14/1 4 April 2016

1

88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016

Agenda Item 14

Director General’s Objectives for 2016

Origin: Director General Action Requested:

The Council is invited to approve the Director General’s objectives for 2016. Background On 19 February 2016, the Bureau decided (decision B/66/2), among others, to modify Council decision C/76/5 in order to specify that Council approves the Director General’s objectives and the President and Vice-Presidents assess the performance on an annual basis instead of biannually. The Bureau also requested that the Director General’s objectives for 2016 be prepared for approval by Council in April 2016. Issues and considerations

DG Objectives for 2016

During 2016, the Director General of IUCN will plan to focus on the seven priorities presented to Council in October of 2016. It is to be recalled that these priorities are: 1. Programme and Operations 2. Membership 3. Policy, Science and Knowledge 4. Communication and Influence 5. Financial Sustainability 6. Secretariat Management 7. Thematic Priorities In addition to providing support to the Council’s efforts on reforming IUCN’s

Governance.

Below the outline of the priorities as well as the key deliverables for the 2016 period.

Page 148: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/14/1 4 April 2016

2

1. Programme & Operations

1.1. Quality Assurance, Timeliness and Results/Impact in Preparation, Implementation and Reporting on projects and programmes

1.2. Results and Impacts

• Roll out of the Project Portal delivering a comprehensive portfolio monitoring platform, which will track delivery, compliance, results and expenditures. Portal to be rolled out and tested for IUCN Secretariat in 2016. Then expanded to Commissions and Members in 2017-2018 for Commission and Member uploads.

1.3. 2017-2020 Programme

• Shape the 2017-2020 Programme positioning IUCN as a key leader for a significant portion of the Sustainable Development Goals.

• Establish a 2017-2020 Programme that will have clear baselines and results which can be monitored and tracked in line with Sustainable Development Goals.

• Review programme delivery models and drive new programmes and project platforms towards project delivery mechanism 1, 2 and 3 (i.e. 1. Regional thematic initiative with re-granting and 2 Programmatically-aligned global portfolio approach as well as 3. Implementing Agency Model (GEF, GCF). (For this point, see also: also the Draft IUCN Financial Plan 2017-20).

2. Membership

2.1. Successful Congress • Wide spectrum of IUCN Members at Congress • High level participation at the Congress • Well organized and engaging Forum • Successful Members Assembly with less time spent on Motions and more time

spent on topics of strategic interest • Successful implementation of the revised Motions process, including on-line

debate and electronic voting of Motions. • Congress in the US broadens IUCN brand in the US and beyond • Congress focuses world’s attention and raises alarm on imperative of

conservation • Broader recognition of Nature Based Solutions (NBS) seen as central to delivery

of the Sustainable Development Goals. • All IUCN constituencies and partners jointly commit to drive the implementation of

the priorities agreed at Congress

2.2. Membership strategy

• Numerous evaluations dating back to the early 2000 signal that IUCN has been “searching for its soul”, with respect to the “value proposition” for Members. During 2016 the DG will continue to realign the Programme towards Members’ direct benefits, including increasing the degree to which Members are involved in/responsible for Programme implementation. In 2016, the DG will establish the baseline against which progress can be measured. Eventually (post 2016) this could also be rolled out to Commissions. Continued strong leadership with Regional and National IUCN Committees will be key.

• For Members with no IUCN Secretariat implemented program, strong engagement with the national Members in support of work on national priorities

Page 149: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/14/1 4 April 2016

3

as well as a strong engagement with Regional and National Committees will be strengthened and closely monitored.

• In view of prevailing donor trends, a review will also be undertaken of projected implications of the current permissible franchise modality of IUCN (such as IUCN Netherlands, IUCN France, etc.) which operate with essentially no IUCN Council or Secretariat oversight. Should all major donor-country based National Committees go in that direction, with operations outside the national borders, it would profoundly change the nature of the current Union and its Secretariat.

• Initiate (after Congress) the development of a new membership strategy. Consultations on the Strategy to be conducted at Congress. Final Strategy to be delivered in 2017.

3. Policy, Science and Knowledge

3.1. Strengthened integration of Commissions and Secretariat under the One Programme initiative • Specific deliverables agreed between Secretariat Focal Point and each of the

Commission Chairs for enhanced delivery of the IUCN Programme as well as Commissions own operations according to One Programme principles.

3.2. Continued strong engagement in policy influencing drawing from all parts of the Union including on the ground learning. • Policy influencing engagement at all levels, national, regional and global

processes, (at global level including UNFCCC, CBD, IPBES, SDG indicator definition, etc.)

3.3. Build a partnership for the creation of integrated biodiversity & conservation

data management. • Progress on the building of a stable platform for IUCN entrusted data sets,

(beginning with The IUCN Red List). New stable platform to be built to be more accessible and user friendly to non-specialists.

• In close collaboration with the relevant Commission Chairs, initiate work with key partners to build system compatibility for enhanced knowledge delivery (The IUCN Red List, Protected Planet (together with UNEP WCMC), The World Database of Key Biodiversity Areas (with KBA Partners), and the Red List of Ecosystems), so that the various existing data sets can be cross-referenced, thereby delivering new insights and knowledge. This task will be a multi-year task.

• In close collaboration with relevant Commission Chairs and partners, begin discussions with holders of socio-economic data (UN Integrated Data Base; World Bank’s DataBank and others) to explore deeper big data integration possibilities through data mashing, beginning initially with IUCN Red List. This task will also be a multi-year task.

• Progress on the building of a stable platform for IUCN entrusted data sets, (beginning with the IUCN Red List). New stable platform to be built to be more accessible and user friendly to non-specialists. This task will be a multi-year task.

• In close collaboration with the relevant Commission Chairs and initiate work with key partners to build system compatibility for enhanced knowledge delivery (Red List, Protected Planet, World Database on Key Biodiversity Areas, UNEP-WCMC and the Red List of Ecosystems), so that the various existing data sets can be cross-referenced, thereby delivering new insights and knowledge. This task will be a multi-year task.

• In close collaboration with relevant Commission Chairs, begin discussions with holders of socio-economic data (UN Integrated Data Base World Bank’s

Page 150: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/14/1 4 April 2016

4

DataBank and others) to explore deeper big data possibilities through data mashing, beginning initially with IUCN data sets (RLTS, RLE), with a view in subsequent years to work with UNEP-WCMC and KBA partners to roll this out in a more comprehensive fashion. This task will also be a multi-year task.

3.4. Knowledge: science and economics

• Strengthen and integrate science and economics capacity of Secretariat. Thus far the two disciplines rarely intersect and opportunities are lost as a consequence. During 2016, the DG will strengthen the economics programme to drive the desired integration between the two programmes.

3.5. Planning completed for the first IUCN flagship report

• Planning completed for a report (similar in approach to Human Development Report, World Development Report, OECD Annual Report, etc.) with current topic treated in body of document and fixed, ranked datasets in annex.

4. Communication and Influence

4.1. Enhanced communications and outreach • Continue to strengthen Communications capacity. • Working to unify (defragment) the IUCN brand • Enhanced IUCN name recognition among primary target audiences through

improved and more coordinated communication and outreach • Maintain strong profile on imperative of species extinction crisis, on nature based

solutions, on imperative of ecosystem integrity, etc., though enhanced communication.

5. Financial sustainability

5.1. Financially stable IUCN process • In view of the downward trend of framework core contributions, deliver a Strategic

Plan to Council by April 2016. • Based on the Council’s advice and vision, establish three sub-groups of the

Leadership Team to refine and work up detailed plans by June 2016. • This detailed Action Plan to be discussed by FAC, Bureau and Council through

virtual meetings. • Roll out and implementation of the Action Plan will be done during 2016 and

2017. While briefly stated here, it is of course clear that this will require a tremendous effort by all.

5.2. Framework donor management • Continued and strengthened engagement with current Framework donors to seek

to avoid any further departures/reductions in core funding. • Outreach to new potential framework donors (Canada, China?, Qatar and UAE)

5.3. Reach out to new potential funders

• Strengthen resource mobilization capacity with recruitment of new Strategic Partnership staff

• Outreach to Net Worth Individuals – US, China and Europe • Enhanced outreach to US foundations taking advantage of the momentum

created by Congress

Page 151: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/14/1 4 April 2016

5

5.4. Ambitious programme delivered and approved by GEF and delivered to GCF

• A projected $16 million will be mobilized from the GEF during 2016. As the GCF does not yet have the legal framework in place for implementing agencies, project approvals are not projected during 2016. However, a sizable package of projects will be developed, again focusing on delivery mechanism 1, 2 and 3.

5.5. Invigorated programmes with IFI partners

• Engagement and deepening of relationship and collaboration with Asian Development Bank, Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, African Development Bank, European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the World Bank, and the German Development Bank-KfW. Collaboration will take a variety of forms, including project design and implementation, policy coordination and environmental and social safeguards collaboration.

5.6. Exploring financial vehicles for conservation finance/natural capital investments • Together with finance, conservation and natural capital partners develop a vision

for how to unlock investment in natural capital at scale • Develop a partnership pathway for Hawaii that would include delivery of sector

models for conservation, water and forest landscape • This work could include engagement with major philanthropies, development

finance institutions and financial institutions as well as NGOs and others providing the intermediation to help design and fund projects and portfolios.

6. Secretariat Management 6.1. Staff morale, performance excellence and strengthening leadership and

integration across silos • Through regular staff updates, Global Town Halls, monthly communications and

transparent communication, continue to invest in staff morale while at the same time strengthening the compliance, quality and accountability culture.

• Invest in leadership awareness and development through the roll out of 360 for all IUCN managers.

6.2. Modernization of Secretariat processes. A significant list of modernizations and policy updates will be delivered in 2016. Below some of the most significant of these. • HR reforms during 2016 include the following: Review of the following policies

and guidelines: Training; Expatriates; Internships; Compensation; Grievance; Retirement; International Mobility; and Privacy and data protection. In addition, design and rollout of the following products and initiative: a new framework and methodology for salary benchmarks and increases; a 360-degree leadership assessment of Directors and Managers; a People Managers’ training programme; redesign of the Performance Appraisal; Recruitment and Onboarding processes; launch of a Staff Engagement Survey; and a Skills Inventory exercise for technical staff.

• Finance management and information system reforms during 2016 include the following: Cash Management Strategy; Revised Finance Manual; Insurance

Page 152: 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April … · 2017-05-17 · 1 88th Meeting of the IUCN Council, Gland (Switzerland), 11-13 April 2016. DECISIONS. 1. Dec

Council document C/88/14/1 4 April 2016

6

Policy; IS Security Policy; IS Operations Manual; Mobile Devices Policy; Global Wide Area Network roll out and standardization of IT infrastructure.

• Communications reforms during 2016 include the following: Website

Governance Policy; Media Relations Policy; IUCN Style Guide; Photo Policy.

• Science and Knowledge reforms during 2016 include the following: Guidance on ISBN numbers; Peer Review Policy.

• Legal and policy related reforms during 2016 include the following: Revised

Delegation of Authority Policy; Revised Contract Review Procedure; New Standard for Donor Agreements.

7. Thematic Priorities/ New Horizons 7.1. Thematic priorities/horizon areas • Leverage the species extinction crisis within the context of agriculture and food

security. o In response to of a series of Congress and Council decisions, the DG will

place greater emphasis on the agriculture biodiversity nexus. Joint work with IFPRI will be undertaken ahead of CBD COP13 to explore this field further.

• Understand and invest in natural capital o With the strengthening of the science/economics intersect, the DG will

continue to leverage the imperative of enhanced understanding of natural capital investments. Partnerships will be sought with Members and partners to deepen this field during 2016.

• Deliver on NBS in response to climate change o Following IUCN’s very successful presence at COP21, a new Strategy for

IUCN’s work in the climate change field will be developed during 2016.

8. Supporting Council on Governance Reforms 8.1. Supporting Governance reforms • The Council and its Committees will move forward the reforms. The DG will lend a

strong supportive voice and hand to help ensure that the agreed reforms are implemented and to voice her views should backsliding appear to happen.